 RIPscrip Help File Resource 
Åá.)6ä687≡9
:&:=:R:k:}:ï:£:«:Γ:;%;C;W;é;¼;┤;┬;╧;╓;Ω;■;	<<(<4<=<H<R<]<m<{<å<ò<ú<▓<─<═<Γ<⌠<==,=?=[=t=ë=₧=╣=╪=φ=²=>5>F>V>u>ë>Ñ>┴>╪>≤>	?&?A?]?l?è?▓?┴?▐?≥?@.@A@T@b@m@ö@⌐@¬@½@¼@¡@«@»@░@▒@▓@│@╝@δ@
A'ATAiAûA╕AτAB=BLBüB╤B B7CmCïC╣CΦCD3DRDçD╝DεD$ESEéE▒E┬E╘E
F>FgFïFöFÜFºF▒F╜F╔F╘F▐FτF≡F⌡F·FGGG&G2G7GDGOG[GiGrG}GåGîGöG£GªG»G╣G├G═G▄GτG∞G⌡G·GH
HHH$H-H6H?HMHVH_HiHsH}HîHûHóH¼H╕H─H╨H╒H┌H▀HΣH∩H√HIII#I+I4I>IIITIaIkItIüIïIòIáI½I╢I╞I╧I┘IσI∩I√IJJJJ#J(J0J6J>JJJUJ`JkJxJ}JèJÅJöJ£JºJ▓J╣J─J╧J╓J▀JΘJ≤J²JKKK&K.K6K>KHKRK]KeKnKyKàKÉK¢KñK»K┤K└K╚K╨K┘KΓK≡K°KL
LL!L+L8LDLOL[LfLtL~LçLÄLòL₧L¿L▓L╜L─L╧L┌LσL≡L√LMMMM&M/M;MDMLMRMZMeMoMzMéMçMîMûMáMÑM░M╝M┬M═M╫MßMδM⌠M∙MNNNN(N2N<NFNRN\NmNrN|NêNÆN₧N¬N┤N┐N─N╧N╪NßNΩN∩N°N²NOOOOO#O(O1O6O;O@OMOYOfOrO}OçOôOƒO½O╕O├O╬O┘OµO≥O■OP
PPP"P-P2P7P<PAPFPKPPP[PfPqP}PçPîPæPûP¢PáPÑP¬P»P┤P╣P╛P├P╚P═P╥P╫P▄PßPµPδP≡P⌡P·P PQ	QQQQQ"Q'Q,Q1Q6Q;Q@QEQJQOQTQYQ^QcQhQmQrQwQ|QüQåQïQÉQòQÜQƒQñQ⌐Q«Q│Q╕Q╜Q┬Q╟Q╠Q╤Q╓Q█QαQσQΩQ∩Q⌠Q∙Q■QRR
RRRR!R&R+R0R5R:R?RDRIRNRSRXR]RbRgRlRqRvR{RÇRàRèRÅRöRÖR₧RúR¿R¡R▓R╖R╝R┴R╞R╦R╨R╒R┌R▀RΣRΘRεR≤R°R²RSSSSSS(S6S?SHSVS^SlSuS}S╖S╨SΘSTT.TCTZToTèTÿT¿T╜T▄T≈T$U@UlUåUÿU║U█UV'V7VLVbVâV»V╥V┌VΣV	W<WkWÿW┼W∞WXTX~XÑX╘X X:YmYƒY╙Y∞YZ4Z`ZìZ┐Z≡Z[D[k[ô[«[╛[╬[▀[≡[\\ \3\>\O\`\s\å\ù\₧\º\░\╣\≡\°\']D]S]c]x]ï]ƒ]░]┼]┘]α]δ]⌠]+^N^y^û^│^σ^ε^²^_(_<_Y_y_ë_Ñ_╛_Ω_`:`^`ê`▓`╫` `+a<aMa[a~aÑaτa'bebºbµb'cfcmcxcücècôc£c╧cdd0dWdäd▒d▄de6egeÆe╩e⌡e!fFfffïf│f≡fgBgXgagjgsg~gëgÆg¥gºg░g╗g─g╠g╒g▐gΘg≥g,hEhnh~hÅháh▒h┴h╠h┘hΦh⌠hiii+i7iHiYipiåiôiíi»i║i╚i┌iΦi²i	jj+j?jMj[j`jijrj¡j╚j≡jkk(k<kMkXkmk~kôkñk╢k═kπkΩk≤kⁿkl>lKlYlelÄl┐l∩l&mOmmmzmìm¢m½m╛m╧m▀mµm∩m°mn;nOncnîn╖nßn°no:o`ooo~oÄo₧o½o╗o╠o┘oτo⌡oppp'p6pHpUpcpqp|pèpùpñp½p╢p┐p╚p pqúr┼r⌠r s;sKsOsSsWsgsksossszsâsîsòs╦s≤stt&t-t8tAtJtâtƒt╔t∞t	u u<uUuéu£u┴u╪uφu⌠uv5vyv├v	wRwïw₧w┤w┼w╓w█wΣwφwxkxùx╖x▌xy%y/y8yAyHyPyvyçyûyÑy┤y├y╥yµy∙yzz1zEzXzlzsz~zçzÉz─z{i{x{ê{₧{▒{╚{╪{≡{||5|R|_|m|ü|Æ|º|╡|╦|▌|δ|}'}S}\}f}q}{}ê}ù}ó}░}╜}█}~'~I~l~ò~╗~σ~3Z}₧╬φ"ÇXÇöÇ═Ç
ü@ü~ü╕üεüéRéçé╜é∙é2âoâÑâπâäSätä╖äΣäàà1àQàwàÜà┴àßà	å-åMånå¢å╨åçBç{ç╕çεç,êfê£ê╜êë>îî▓îµî ìWìÆì╞ìÄ:ÄnÄÅÄ╨Ä²Ä*ÅWÅäÅÖÅ┼Å±ÅÉHÉ{ÉƒÉ█ÉæKæuæíæPÆmÆ⌐Æ╬Æ0ôOôàô¡ô╙ô7ösö░ö∞ö&òbòÖò┘òû_ûñû╦ûεû&ùTùéùºù┘ù≥ùÿ[ÿïÿ╢ÿ┘ÿÖ,Ö\ÖêÖ┤ÖΣÖÜ<ÜnÜ£Ü╬ÜⁿÜ&¢K¢l¢¢¢▒¢╕¢├¢╠¢|£╣£─£╧£╓£≈£;¥|¥─¥
₧T₧Ö₧π₧-ƒgƒìƒ¬ƒ╗ƒ╨ƒ÷ƒááEáQáeáá┤áσá#í1í9íAíSícísíñí½í╣í╞í╘í⌠í.óeóáóíó╛ó╓óπóú ú3ú]ú}úÉúáú╧úññ ñ.ñQñjñsñïñ▒ñ╧ñδñ≥ñ√ñ#ÑHÑÇÑ╤Ñ&ªzª╔ª"º}º╪º&¿v¿═¿!⌐t⌐╟⌐¬p¬╔¬½p½╥½-¼î¼τ¼D¡ó¡Ä┤F╜c╜Æ╜╖╜Θ╜╛U╛ë╛╕╛τ╛┐B┐l┐¢┐─┐⌠┐└,└3└<└E└P└X└`└i└r└¥└»└┴└▀└┴*┴R┴ë┴┤┴τ┴┬V┬┬ú┬╦┬Γ┬├9├A├M├o├Æ├¿├π├─B─c─í─╟─┼1┼Q┼}┼Ö┼╖┼╔┼ ┼t╞▒╞╟J╟t╟╢╟╚(╫D╫\╫Ç╫ÿ╫¡╫╞╫√╫╪%╪M╪z╪╢╪╥╪·╪Σ█W▄^▌┐▌ ▐W▐╞▐▀j▀ç▀α▀8αèα┘α-ßnß└ß/ΓkΓªΓ┌Γπ2πFπzπâπìπÿπíπ¡π║π┼π╥π▄πΩπ±πστ
Φ#ΦCΦiΦêΦªΦ═Φ∩ΦΘΘTΘ}ΘÆΘáΘ╝Θ═Θ╘ΘαΘΩΩBΩiΩïΩ½ΩΣΩδ▓±▄±∩±≥Q°{∙═∙·o·╜·√"√=√M√h√v√⌐√╗√═√Ω√5ⁿîⁿ┘ⁿ
²>²m²r²Æ²┤²╧²φ²
■■F■G■ê■╢■╞■═■╪■Γ■∞■÷■ 	 
 B x ╢ Γ /Stè█*7>IRexè¢¿│'.9BTeò│╚▐≈Djò├Φ<IVY║Rméæ¬├╪√'a£╢▀	APf{ô¬╙Ω⌡■		$	0	A	T	â	ñ	╣	╬	≤	
V
¢
σ
/SXcjyè₧«└╔╘▐Θ≤ *5FRbwïÜ┼\£┼╩■Uæ═Gä┐²;ghªΣOPåÄò₧╨ôX ä%í%╢%÷%4&`&î&╚&'A'}'╖'≥'-(i(Ñ(▌()K)L)ë)á)í)╧)╫)▐)τ)$*b*¥*╫*+O+ï+╟+,>,z,{,╕,╧,╨,■,E-î-╙-.Y.₧.Σ.'/n/▒/▓/÷/<0Ç0┼0	1L1É1╫1°1∙1A2M2N2|2╡2δ23,3V3n3»3≡314r4ÿ4╛4Σ45-5?5a5ò5╠5≈576u6▓6Φ6&7O77▒7╒78<8m8o:Æ:░;▐;Æ?@\@DjDƒDEZE╧EKFäFíFG+G<G»GΩGH5HfH│H█HI9I=IAIEIGI¥IíIÑI÷ImJäOìTÖYù^úcíh6n╜sQx╫|kü±ààèÅƒô%ÿj¥íó█º¡A▓m╖0╜σ┬σ╟╫╠╠╤│╓¿█Åα
µ}δ«δ6∞g∞Ö∞»∞═φ⌡φ
ε8εâεúε╜ε∩%∩}∩└∩S≡n≡£≤╡≤∙≤"⌠J⌠k⌠Ö⌠╥⌠⌡2⌡i⌡ÿ⌡╨⌡÷J÷{÷½÷α÷≈-≈c≈Ö≈╥≈°I°à°▓°≡° ∙R∙∙╗∙Θ∙·m·╛·τ·8√n√╝√ⁿαⁿ≥ⁿ	²4²²ô²ñ²│²═²µ²■■-■B■U■i■z■Å■í■¿■│■╝■┼■ k ì ╢ ╪ √ 1NqÆ▓╨≡3LoÜ╖╘≤<læ│█Ogtô╕▀√4Leû╚≤MWdq|àÿ╢▄QæΓ3M^ª≡8Ç╚		3	D	V	f	x	è	û	¿	╣	═	ß	∙	

;
Y
k
Ç
á
╕
╟
╤
α
≡
 
,FP\rÅ₧¬╕╟Σ°,Vm╢┘*
4
S
├Σ■PÇ╨≥)2A\ï┌∙>Ä«├≥Adäúµδ÷ (;J_sèù¬╜╤'S}╦█■!PâåÄ┐εN░╕┴╞≈&5Ynû─ε6ä╘"DY}¿╤ D Y ô ╖ Γ ⁿ !-!=!ü!░! !!"g"l"w"Ç"ì"ƒ"φ"#0#E#k#ì#╨#≡#,$[$Æ$╒$φ$0%i%¼%╙%&7&<&C&l&û&╣&▄&'('Q'd'ç'»'╠'∩'(6(k(¥(╢(≡()D)e)è)ö)║)****,*:*à*╘*≈*:+å+┬+,N,á,╠,⌡,-(-C-_-ç-═-
.N.û.▀.$/[/Æ/╫/≈/
0#0<0[0£0»0┬0┌0π01E1;8^=Ä=┤=┴=╬=∙=>>2>P>[>e>ó>fC⌠HòQ║R╘VΩ\c+lêoΦqqu▄z┌}3ü~âääîç@ïîì√ÅαæφÆ√Öóä¬╪½ß½φ½∙½¼
¼⌠¡««>»V»W»S░j░u░£▒╖▒╜▒┌▓∞▓≈▓╟┤6╣T╣Y╣└└$└║╞╙╞╘╞Ä╟¼╟╖╟δ╩╦╦¼╬╞╬╤╬¡╨╠╨═╨½╙╚╙╙╙╓,╓2╓6▄N▄T▄²▐▀▀≤Σ Σσäσòσíστ-τ3τ■ΩδδQφ>≡T≡Z≡₧≥▒≥╖≥°$°*°r²ç²ì²tèÉQ`i░╬
Θ
∩
D_e∙
o~êr▀╛"]&δ(■( (▌.⌠. .&393D325I5T5┤6╩6╨6;';(;>.>4>╗A╒A█AdEzEÇE╦G▀GαGÄL¬L½LVPrPsPⁿRSSeU\YnYyY|_Æ_¥_
ff(fPifiqi⌠lmmKm[mfmq0q;q~sùsósüvÖvñvzz&zs~AäYäZäÄä¿ä⌐ä▀ä√äⁿä4àQàRàïà¬à½àµàåå=å[å\åûå▓å│åδåçç@ç`çaç¥ç╖ç╕ç±çêêHêgêhêúê╖ê╕êΦê-è▀Å·ö_ù┘Ü`á¼ªº¬─«╡û╗┬┬ô─°╩■╦7╬n╧⌠╤$╒m┌Ü▐JΣ Φ╦ΘδHφα∩±O≥û÷⌐√╚■¿αqkº$⌠(▐-r017á<B┌G
O▐R°X■]╛d¥h)o╡v`yr~Oüê)î%Éöù·ÿ∞£πªe¿}¡Ü▒!▓ò╢α╖╔╗=╜X╛x└p┴╚├Ç╞┌╦ñ╧?╥%╘┬╘6╒Ö╒Iß·Γ╝Σ>σ╚µkΩPδ¿∞ε]⌡è√╫ⁿ&■Y ╗^âd╖&	
∩n°╨╟≈2 ï"$%	&½'ì)H*à4≡9H>╠>m?ßGÖH┬I±JπK[LvTzV1[;d│df·fÿo╞qÆrs╦xεÇxåbÄßÆαÿÄ£╞í]º╣¬c▓┘╡⌡╣╛¿─╠│╧┤╓■█ █▄(▄7▄C▄P▄Y▄{▄╜▄▐╚αFµ╒Θ╡φ⌡φ:εÇε─ε∩E∩F∩ì∩╤∩╥∩≡T≡ì≡Ä≡┐≡∙≡0±k±½±├±─±≥Q≥ô≥«≥»≥σ≥l⌠ñ⌠╒⌠⌡½÷╚≈ε°╓·Φ√r■┘■6 ö α :ôδ7é┘ e┴f╡;s╞t╕▐≤·>q┐⌡OåΓ	/Yó╞δ	4	U	å	»	╨	⌠	
M
|
«
╒
■
&Djë¿▄3Θ
@
Æ
║
π
▓Y-(Ü1.;$B2GLGäG▄G GBHXHnHéHúH─H▀H√HII(ILIdI|IÖI╢I╤IεIJ&JCJ`J{JÿJ╡J╨JφJ
K%KBK_KzKùK┤K╧K∞K	L$LAL^LyLöL¡L╞LδL⌠LMNMîM÷M/N<NENNNYNbNûN┬NOO#O/OEOyO═O∩O1PSPòP╞PQ&Q3Q₧Q»Q╢Q┴Q╩Q╙QµQ≈QRR'R2R@RQRdRrRsRâRÆR╥R÷RS8SVSüS═S[TTñT┬T T,UyUÉU┼UµUVVV@VäVùV¬V┬V·VW'W4WCWhWz`╔g·mXr7w£zπ~é⌡êÅ⌡ö°¢µíàº^»}░¢▒·▓─┤,╡Q╡ï╡┐╡°╡0╢i╢ƒ╢╒╢
╖D╖m╖t╖}╖ü╣╖╣∩╣√╗1╝a╜û╜3┐T┐F└ü└q┴½┴╖┬α┬├.├h├ú├▄├─M─ë─⌐╞ß╞╟O╟ê╟╣╟║╟∩╟#╚X╚_╚h╚ ╩╦!╦,╦5╦=╦M╦^╦h╦{╦ï╦û╦ñ╦│╦k╤í╤⌠╥a┌▌▀ΓσiΦ¡δ«∞φÇφE∩±D±U≥ô≥╠≥≤9≤p≤¼≤Θ≤$⌠a⌠₧⌠█⌠⌡X⌡ù⌡╤⌡÷=÷|÷╖÷ε÷)≈d≈í≈ß≈°_°á°▀° ∙7∙\∙z∙Å∙╡∙ε∙'·_·ù·╩·√:√r√¿√▄√ⁿⁿMⁿ}ⁿäⁿÅⁿÿⁿ▌ⁿδⁿ╫≡1t╡÷9x╝Fâ╟Næ╩╦
LêÉùánÇó╣⌠"#^ù╤
BCuéÿÑïƒ»╓▒▒▒ Help System ■ Table of Contents ▒▒▒
#LINE=2
!|S0103|B1C18GE28|1B0000020PW0030F000F0807000W0F07000000|W00
!|Y0000013O|1U1C18GF290000<><>|y0P01203000000default
!|c0E|k00|@8W1DTITLE vPRODVER
!|@8W1NCOPYRIGHT
!|@8W1XAll Rights Reserved
#LINE=9
    ~ Important Info ~2102    ~ PRODNAME with No Mouse ~2103    ~ Troubleshooting ~2104

  ┌───┬──────┬─────────┬─────────┬───────┬───────┬────────────────────┐
  │~ ≡ ~2133│~ File ~2149│~ Connect ~2195│~ Options ~2214│~ Setup ~2270│~ Debug ~2301│     ~ RIPtech ~2344      │
  └───┴──────┴─────────┴─────────┴───────┴───────┴────────────────────┘

   ~Button Hotkeys     ~2233    ~Flow Control       ~2377    ~Setup - Audio      ~2388
   ~Chat Mode          ~2495    ~Glossary           ~2353    ~Setup - File Xfer  ~2398
   ~Colophon           ~2125    ~How to Use Help    ~2345    ~Setup - General    ~2391
   ~Command Line Opts. ~2363    ~Introduction       ~2346    ~Setup - Hardware   ~2386
   ~Contact Information~2124    ~Keystroke Macros   ~2465    ~Setup - Modem      ~2364
   ~Dialing Directory  ~2407    ~Manual Dialing     ~2201    ~Setup - Saves What?~2406
   ~Dialing Prefixes   ~2396    ~Mouse Field Select ~2236    ~Setup - Saving     ~2300
   ~Dialing Window     ~2452    ~Port Lock          ~2379    ~Setup - System Font~2390
   ~Distribution       ~2347    ~CAPNAME.DOC      ~2357      ~Setup - Video/Mouse~2387
   ~Editing Phone #'s  ~2429    ~RIPterm Tutorial   ~2627    ~Status Bar         ~2226
   ~External Apps.     ~2487    ~Scrollback Mode    ~2478    ~Warranty           ~2348
   

   
    ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
    │ Any words or phrases in blue are "links" to other help screens. │
    │ To jump to these help screens, double click on the links or use │
    │ the arrow keys to highlight them and press ENTER.               │
    └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Can't view help screen

   There was insufficient memory to load the desired help screen.
Selected Help Item out of range

   A Help Keyword was selected, yet has no corresponding Help Screen
   to display.  This message should not occur under normal
   circumstances.
Help on Help

   The Help System of PRODNAME is quite simple to use.  You may at any
   time return to the Table of Contents by clicking on the "Contents"
   button at the bottom of the screen.  If you have navigated through
   various Help Screens, you can back-up to the previous screen by
   clicking on the "Back" button.  Any words or phrases which are
   hilighted are "keywords" which you can click on to jump to that
   help topic.  You may also use TAB and SHIFT-TAB to hilight different
   keywords.  The Arrow keys may also be used for convenience.  Simply
   tap <ENTER> and the currently selected keyword (if any) will be
   selected and PRODNAME will jump to that help screen.
Cannot read help file data

Message #%d out of rangeCan't read Message #%dCan't read Index #%dCan't locate Message #%dPort Hardware: %sOpen Port: %sRTS/CTS (on): %sRTS/CTS (off): %sCTS is Inactive, so RTS/CTS Handshaking is DisabledInsufficient memory for Help KeywordsCan't view Help screen #%hd!Help Message #%d out of rangeCannot open file %sSelect the menu option that you would liketo receive Help on.  Tap <ESC> when done.SuccessGeneral errorInvalid portIn useInvalid buffer sizeNo memory availableNot set upInvalid parameterBuffer emptyBuffer fullTime outCTS is lowCD is lowDSR is lowNo 8250 presentXMODEM statusUser abortFile I/O errorXMODEM statusNot wide trackHardware conflictCRC modeModem didn't send OKNo modem responseFunction not supportedIllegal baud rateIllegal parityIlegal word lengthIllegal number of stop bitsMissing copyright noticeDriver not installedUser buffer overflowFailure to connect to portDOS Extender returned an errorIllegal board numberBoard is in useBlocked by handshakingMaximum number of ports exceededIllegal IRQ lineIRQ line in useCan't allocate transfer bufferUnable to open fileCan't send NAK, buffer fullCan't send ACK, buffer fullUser pressed abort keyRemote end sent abort codeError during file I/OTimed out waiting for packetGot an invalid packet sizeToo many errors to continueInternal errorCan't send block, buffer fullCan't send END OF TRANSFER, buffer fullProtocol errorCan't send char, buffer fullCan't get characterTimeout waiting for charactersLost carrier during transferNo files were sentUnknown error codeReceive ErrorSend ErrorNo Printer setup - check General SetupCan't read Help FileNo error(Xmax-Xmin) > 32767 and/or (Ymax-Ymin) > 32767Xmax < Xmin and/or Ymax < YminArray overflow (Pascal only)Pattern index less than 0 or greater than 31Bad Init device codeRasterOp mode less than 0 or greater than 31"Size" speciffication less than 1│P1.X-P2.X│ > 32767 and/or │P1.Y-P@.Y│ > 32767Virtual operation with non-virtual portpnCap parameter less than 0 or greater than 2File I/O errorDivide Overflow (result of divide more than 16 bits)pnDash less than 0 or greater than 7 (DefineDash less than 1 or greater than 7)diameter(s) exceed size of bounding rectangleDefineDash sequence count less than 1 or greater than 8Marker style parameter less than 0 or greater than 15Incompatible font file formatmarkerFont.fontFlags not equal to marker/iconpnJoin parameter less than 0 or greater than 2Edge list overfvlow (FillPoly stack space too smallRegion record overflowInvalid GrafMap record pointerCursor level incremented greater than 0 (reset to 0)Invalid call for device (device doesn't support thatInvalid grafMap device technology (devTech) fieldInvalid cursor number (less than 0 or greater than 7)Bad cursor size (width/height) greater than 32Data structure spans beyond a segment boundary(Xmax-Xmin) > 32767 and/or (Ymax-Ymin) > 32767EMS driver errorNot enough memoryPattern size (height or width) too large or too smallPattern # of planes or # of bits per pixel mismatchIndirect vector not set (internal error)Bad rect list for region processingNo errorAddPtAlignPatternBackColorBackPatternBorderColorCenterRectCharWidthCopyBlitClipRectNoneNoneCopyBitsCursorBitmapOffsetRgnMetaVersionCursorStyleNoneDefineCursorDefineDashCursorColorDefinePatternDrawCharDrawSTringDrawTextDupPtDupRectEqualPtEqualRectEraseArcEraseOvalErasePolyEraseRectEraseRoundRectEventQueueNoneFileAttrNoneFileLoadFileQueryNoneFileStoreFillArcFillOvalFillPolyFillRectFillRoundRectFillRuleFrameArcFrameOvalFramePolyFrameRectFrameRoundRectGbl2LclPtGbl2LclRectGbl2VirPtGbl2VirRectGblGetPixelGblSetPixelNoneNoneNoneNoneCircleRectGetPenStateGetPixelGetPortCloseBitmapHideCursorHidePenPenShapeImageSizeInceptRectInitBitmapInitGraphicsInitMouseInitPortInitRowTableInsetRectInvertArcInvertOvalInvertPolyInvertRectInvertRoundRectKeyEventLcl2GblPtLcl2GblRectLcl2VirPtLcl2VirRectNoneLimitMouseLineRelLineToLoadFontNoneMapPolyMapPtMapRectMarkerAngleMarkerSizeMarkerTypeMiterLimitReadPalettteNoneWritePaletteNoneNoneMoveRelMoveCursorMovePortToMoveToOffsetPolyOffsetRectOvalPtPaintArcPaintOvalPaintPolyPaintRectPaintRoundRectPeekEventPenCapPenColorPenDashPenJoinPenModePenNormalPenOffsetPenPatternPenSizePolyLinePolyMarkerPopGraphicsPortBitmapPortOriginPortSizeProtectOffNoneProtectRectPt2RectPtInArcPtInOvalPtInRectPtInRoundRectPtOnArcPtOnLinePtOnOvalPtOnRectPtOnRoundRectPtToAnglePushGraphicsQueryColorsQueryMouseQueryCursorQueryErrorQueryGraphicsQueryPosnQueryResQueryXQueryYRasterOpReadImageReadMouseScaleMouseScalPtScreenPortScreenRectScreenSizeScrollRectSetGrafMapSetDisplaySetFontNoneSetLocalSetOriginSeedFillSetpenStateSetPixelSetPortSetPtSetRectSetVirtualShiftRectShowCursorShowPenNoneNoneStopEventStopMouseNoneStoreEventStringWidthSubPtSystemFontTextAlignTextAngleTextExtraTextFaceNoneTextModeTextPathTextScoreTextSizeTextSlantTextSpaceTextUnderTextWidthTrackCursorUnionRectRectListToRegionNoneVir2GblPtVir2GblRectVir2LclPtVir2LclRectVirtualRectPlaneMaskWriteImageNoneXlateImageXYInRectXYOnLineZoomBlitNoneHardCopyNoneNonePtInPolyPtOnPolyNoneNoneNoneNoneRectFillNoneNoneNoneOffsetRegionInsetRegionInceptRegionUnionRegionDiffRegionXorRegionFrameRegionPaintRegionEraseRegionInvertRegionFillRegionPtInRegionPtOnRegionRectInRegionEqualRegionEmptyRegionNoneSetRegionNullRegionNoneNoneRectRegionNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneClipRegionInitRegionOpenRegionCloseRegionDupRegionNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNonePtInRectPtInOvalPtInRoundRectPtOnRectPtOnOvalPtOnRoundRectPtOnArcFillRoundRectFillOvalFillArcVirtual memory (EMS/XMS) is corrupted.  Unable to proceedClipboard button failureClipboard Memory failureNo clipboard for buttonAuto-Clipboard failureClipboard store errorMemory heap is emptyMemory heap is corruptUnknown heap problem
Filename:  %s - line #%d
   Error:  %s
 Message:  %s

 General Error: %s
   Source file: %s - line #%d
Graphics Error: %03d - %s
Graphics Error: %03d - <UNKNOWN ERROR CODE>
Procedure ID  : %03d - %s

Procedure ID  : %03d - <UNKNOWN FUNCTION>


Arithmetic error found

Location ... %s


Illegal instruction encountered
CELL=%dx%d WIN=%dx%d LOC=(%d,%d)Illegal mouse input found - exiting...Illegal event state encountered [%d]No button styleClipboard not in useToo many mouse fieldsIcon button has no icon filenameInsufficient memory for button host commandRIPscrip Parser: Illegal RIP levelSendingReceivingCouldn't open MicroANSI font file %sCouldn't read in the MicroANSI font header from %sFile %s is not a valid 2.0 MicroANSI font fileFont file %s is blank - no font tables in itCouldn't seek to first font frame in file %sCouldn't read font frame %d in file %sMicroANSI file %s doesn't support %dx%d resolutionThe %dx%d fonts in file %s don't support all 5 fontsCouldn't seek to %dx%d font %d in file %sCouldn't read %dx%d font %d in file %sThe %dx%d font %d in %s must have 255 entries!Null cell size of %dx%d font %d in file %sInsufficient memory for ANSI font buffer (%u bytes needed)Insufficient memory for ANSI font translate bufferCouldn't seek to %dx%d font %d bitmap table in %sEMS/XMS virtual memory failure on MicroANSI font %dCouldn't read in font %dCouldn't seek to font %d bitmap tableCouldn't read application file %sApp file %s is not a valid application fileCouldn't create external application file %sCouldn't write application file header to file %sCouldn't create application record %d in file %sCouldn't locate record #%d in app file %sError reading record #%d from app file %sError writing record %d to app file %sCouldn't create Edit Application dialogEdit External ApplicationsCurrent ~~a~~pp~~D~~escriptionCo~~m~~mand lineAuto e~~x~~ecutePause a~~f~~ter~~P~~rotocol appAuto ExecutionFile ~~e~~xtensionAc~~t~~ionProtocol options~~U~~pload batchDo~~w~~nload batchTrigger ~~S~~tringAs~~k~~ filename~~O~~KCance~~lSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build ASCII Settings dialog box<blank>Couldn't create ASCII Transfer Settings dialogASCII File Transfer SettingsUpload options~~L~~ine pacingCharacter ~~p~~acingLine ~~e~~xpansionCapture log optionsCapture ~~A~~NSICapture ~~R~~IPscripCapture ~~D~~oorway~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build ASCII Settings dialog boxUnable to obtain data on font "%s"Insufficient memory for stroke font bufferCouldn't open font file "%s"Couldn't read font file "%s"Couldn't store font file "%s" into virtual memoryNo errorFile not foundInvalid BMP formatError reading file dataInsufficient memoryCan't show compressed bitmapFeature requested not supported<unknown error>Could not open icon file %sCould not create file %sYou might be out of disk space on drive %c:File %s is not a valid RIPscrip iconCould not read in icon file header from %sError writing BMP header to file %sError writing BMP image header to file %sCouldn't write color table to BMP file %sCouldn't read icon data from file %sCouldn't write BMP scan line to file %sIcon Conversion in Progress.  One moment...Converting file:Total Converted:Total failed:Convert icon %s to 2.0 BMP format?Couldn't create Icon conversion dialogIt appears that you have some obsolete RIPscrip 1.54 (or earlier)icons installed.  These files can be converted to the newer 2.0format automatically.  To convert this file, choose "OK".  Ifyou don't wish to convert this icon, select "Cancel".  To convertall files at once, select the "Auto" command.  To Exit to DOS,select the "Exit" option.  If you wish to not convert any files,choose the "Stop" option.  For more assistance, choose "Help".~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~E~~xit~~S~~top~~A~~uto~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to Icon conversin query dialogCould not convert icon file %s to 2.0 BMP formatDone!Couldn't seek to dialing directory headerCannot update dialing directory headerCouldn't seek to dialing directory record %dUnable to create dialing directory record %dUnable to create dialing directory file %sCouldn't write directory header to file %sCouldn't read in header from directory file %sFile %s is not a valid PRODNAME directory filePhone directory has too many entries in itDirectory file %s appears to be corrupted (%hd entries)Unable to read dialing directory record %dUnable to write dialing directory record %dHow many entries do you wish to add?Add entry to dialing directory?Add %d entries to dialing directory?Insufficient disk space to add entry %dYou must select at least one dialing directory entry to editCannot continue editing selected entriesCouldn't create dialing directory dialogDialing Directory: %s~~D~~ial~~E~~dit~~M~~ark~~C~~ancel~~U~~nmark~~K~~illSa~~v~~eAs~~P~~rint~~L~~oad~~T~~oggle~~F~~ind~~A~~ddS~~w~~ap~~H~~elpC~~r~~eateS~~o~~rtInsufficient memory to build dialing directory dialog boxEdit Directory Entry #%dCouldn't create dialing directory dialogS~~y~~stem NamePhone Number ~~1Phone Number ~~2Phone Number ~~3~~Q~~uick NotesPrefix ~~#S~~u~~ffix #~~S~~ystem DirUser~~-~~IDPass~~w~~ordVT-1~~0~~2Cust~~o~~m PortLocal ~~E~~choAdd CR/L~~FDestruct~~.~~ BSBS Se~~n~~ds DelHide User-ID ~~&~~ P/WRestricted ~~A~~ccess~~C~~OM Port~~B~~aud Rate~~D~~ata BitsPari~~t~~ySto~~p~~ BitsB~~I~~OS COM portPo~~r~~t Lock~~M~~odem ConnectionRTS~~/~~CTS~~X~~ON/XOFFDefault Settin~~g~~sActi~~v~~e SettingsSet ~~8~~-N-1Set ~~7~~-E-1O~~KCance~~l~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build directory entry editor dialog
Metagraphics error: %04x
Couldn't create General Settings dialogGeneral SettingsScrollback size (~~K~~)~~S~~tatus barZooming ~~w~~indowsEnable ~~b~~eepsVT-~~1~~02Shell to EMS/~~X~~MSAlarm sou~~n~~ds101-key ke~~y~~boardHot key ~~m~~odeD~~a~~ta securityMouse ~~f~~ield selectForce D~~T~~R on exit~~O~~KCance~~lSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build General Settings dialog box~~C~~ontents~~E~~xit HelpGo ~~B~~ackInsufficient memory to build Help dialogInsufficient memory to Pulldown Menu Help dialogThe I/O Address is not valid.  Please try againThe I/O Address cannot be greater the FFFF hexadecimalCouldn't create Hardware Settings dialogSerial Port Hardware Settings~~C~~OM PortInterrupt Settings~~I~~nterrupt~~U~~se DefaultInterrupt SettingsPort ~~A~~ddressUse ~~D~~efault~~O~~KCance~~lSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build Hardware Settings dialog boxInsufficient memoryCan't read logo: %s%ld RIPscrip 1.x icon file was converted%ld RIPscrip 1.x icon files were convertedInsufficient virtual memory for clipboardCan't open RIP file %sError reading RIP file %sPlease enter a RIP filename to playbackCouldn't create Modem Settings dialogModem Settings~~M~~odem InitAuto-Ans~~w~~erMod~~e~~m ResetModem HangupRedial ~~T~~imeMa~~x~~ AttemptsRedial Pause~~U~~se ModemAdd CR/~~L~~F~~R~~TS/CTSXON/XOF~~FPort Loc~~kLoc~~a~~l EchoDTR Han~~g~~upB~~I~~OS (INT 14)~~C~~OM Port~~B~~aud Rate~~D~~ata Bits~~P~~arity~~S~~top BitsDestruct. BSBS sends Del~~O~~KCa~~n~~celSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build Modem Settings dialog boxExit to DOS?Do you want to exit to DOS?
Choosing YES at this dialog box will cause the PRODNAME software to exit.
You will be returned to whatever operating system you are currently
running (e.g., MS-DOS, Microsoft Windows, OS/2, etc.).  If you choose NO,
you will be returned to the session screen.  If you are currently online
and you choose to exit, you will be prompted if you wish to hangup the
modem or not.

Couldn't create popup list dialogInsufficient memory to build popup list dialogCouldn't create Prefix/Suffix Editor dialogModem Prefix/Suffix EditorPrefix Settings~~1~~2~~3Suffix Settings~~A~~B~~C~~O~~KCance~~lSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build Prefix/Suffix dialog boxCouldn't create Printer Settings dialogPrinter Settings~~P~~rinter PortPrinter ~~T~~ype~~O~~K~~C~~ancelSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build Printer Settings dialog boxResource entry %s not foundInsufficient memory for resource entry %sCan't seek to entry %s in resourceInvalid resource file formatCan't read resource %sCan't open resource file %sInvalid resource file %sInsufficient memory for resource index tableCan't read resource indexDisk space: %ld ... Memory Free: %ldButton hotkeys toggledDoorway mode toggled%s: %sCouldn't create install setup dialogWelcome to PRODNAME SetupWelcome to PRODNAME setup.  In order to get you up and running asquickly as possible, we need to ask a few questions about your computer'sconfiguration.  If you have any doubts about the following questions,select the HELP option.  It will assist you in answering these questionspainlessly so you can get online as quickly as possible.Modem ~~C~~OM PortModem's ~~B~~aud Rate~~P~~rinter PortPrinter ~~T~~ypeO~~KCance~~l~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build install setup dialogSetup file %s is not a PRODNAME VERMAJOR.VERMINOR.VERSUB setup fileError reading in PRODNAME setup file "%s"Couldn't create setup file "%s"Error writing setup data to file "%s"Setup information saved to file "%s"Upgrading PRODNAME configurationAltZ=HelpAlt!=MnuANSI/RIPOnlineOfflineCouldn't create Modem Settings dialogSystem Text Font80x~~4~~3 font91x4~~3~~ font~~8~~0x25 font~~9~~1x25 font40x2~~5~~ fontSelect the font youwant normally.  Itwill be used whenno BBS graphics areon the screen, orwhenever the screenis cleared.  80x25is the most popular~~O~~KCa~~n~~celSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpInsufficient memory to build System Font dialog boxEnter a Download Protocol from the list of choices

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter an Upload Protocol from the list of choices

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
ASCII DownloadXmodem DownloadXmodem (CRC) DownloadXmodem-1K DownloadXmodem-1K (G) DownloadKermit DownloadYmodem (batch) DownloadYmodem (G) DownloadZmodem Download<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>CompuServe Quick B+ DownloadASCII UploadXmodem UploadXmodem (CRC) UploadXmodem-1K UploadXmodem-1K (G) UploadKermit UploadYmodem (batch) UploadYmodem (G) UploadZmodem Upload<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>CompuServe Quick B+ UploadCouldn't create File Transfer Status dialogFilenameFile sizeBytes readRemainingElapsed timeTime remainingApprox CPSError retriesBlock numberPress <ESC> to abort transferInsufficient memory to build File Transfer Status dialogDownload ProtocolsEnter filename for ASCII DownloadEnter filename for Xmodem DownloadEnter filename for Xmodem (CRC) DownloadEnter filename for Xmodem-1K DownloadEnter filename for Xmodem-1K (G) DownloadEnter filename for Kermit DownloadEnter filename for Ymodem (batch) DownloadEnter filename for Ymodem (G) DownloadEnter filename for Zmodem Download<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Enter filename for CompuServe Quick B+ DownloadPlease enter only one filenameCannot specify wildcards when receiving a ASCII fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Xmodem fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Xmodem (CRC) fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Xmodem-1K fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Xmodem-1K (G) fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Kermit fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Ymodem (batch) fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Ymodem (G) fileCannot specify wildcards when receiving a Zmodem file<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Cannot specify wildcards when receiving a CompuServe Quick B+ fileCan't ASCII download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem (CRC) download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem-1K download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem-1K (G) download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Kermit download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Ymodem (batch) download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Ymodem (G) download a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Zmodem download a file using a 7-bit connection<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Can't CompuServe Quick B+ download a file using a 7-bit connectionInsufficient memory for File Transfer BufferToo many file specificationsUpload ProtocolsEnter filename to ASCII uploadEnter filename to Xmodem uploadEnter filename to Xmodem (CRC) uploadEnter filename to Xmodem-1K uploadEnter filename to Xmodem-1K (G) uploadEnter filename to Kermit uploadEnter filename to Ymodem (batch) uploadEnter filename to Ymodem (G) uploadEnter filename to Zmodem upload<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Enter filename to CompuServe Quick B+ uploadEnter filename(s) to ASCII upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Xmodem upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Xmodem (CRC) upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Xmodem-1K upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Xmodem-1K (G) upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Kermit upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Ymodem (batch) upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Ymodem (G) upload (wildcards are ok)Enter filename(s) to Zmodem upload (wildcards are ok)<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Enter filename(s) to CompuServe Quick B+ upload (wildcards are ok)Only one file can be uploaded at a time with ASCII
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_XMODEM        {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Xmodem
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_XMODEM_CRC    {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Xmodem (CRC)
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_XMODEM1K      {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Xmodem-1K
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_XMODEM1K_G    {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Xmodem-1K (G)
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_KERMIT        {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Kermit
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_YMODEM        {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Ymodem (batch)
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_YMODEM_G      {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Ymodem (G)
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_ZMODEM        {Only one file can be uploaded at a time with Zmodem
ERROR_XFER_ONLY_1_NONE          {<THIS SHOUL_ONLYD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Only one file can be uploaded at a time with CompuServe Quick B+Can't ASCII upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem (CRC) upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem-1K upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Xmodem-1K (G) upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Kermit upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Ymodem (batch) upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Ymodem (G) upload a file using a 7-bit connectionCan't Zmodem upload a file using a 7-bit connection<THIS SHOULD NEVER BE DISPLAYED>Can't CompuServe Quick B+ upload a file using a 7-bit connectionInsufficient memory for File Transfer BufferInsufficient memory for File Transfer BufferInsufficient memory for File Transfer BufferInsufficient memory for File Transfer BufferUpload file(s) "%s"?Can't read message #%d to build entry tableEntry message %d is blank - cannot continueEntry message %d has no TOTAL= keywordEntry message %d has a corrupted TOTAL= keywordNothing after TOTAL= statement in entry message %dInsufficient memory for Entry TableEntry Table for message %d has %d lines in it (requires %d)The last line in the entry table from message %d is blankInsufficient memory for entry text line in message %dEntry text line %d in message %d is blankInsufficient entry text lines in message %dTOTAL=11
~~A~~SCII Text
~~X~~modem
Xmodem ~~C~~RC
Xmodem-~~1~~K
Xmodem-1K (~~G~~)
~~K~~ermit
~~Y~~modem (batch)
Y~~m~~odem (G)
~~Z~~modem
~~E~~xit...
CompuServe ~~Q~~uick B+
TOTAL=4
None
LPT1
LPT2
LPT3
TOTAL=5
No printer
Plain text
Epson
HP Laserjet
Postscript
TOTAL=4
COM~~1
COM~~2
COM~~3
COM~~4
TOTAL=9
~~3~~00
~~1~~200
~~2~~400
~~4~~800
~~9~~600
19,2~~0~~0
3~~8~~,400
5~~7~~,600
11~~5~~,200
TOTAL=2
~~8~~ bits
~~7~~ bits
TOTAL=3
~~N~~o parity
~~E~~ven parity
~~O~~dd parity
TOTAL=2
~~1~~ stop bit
~~2~~ stop bits
TOTAL=3
~~N~~ever
~~A~~sk
A~~l~~ways
TOTAL=14
IRQ 2
IRQ 3
IRQ 4
IRQ 5
IRQ 6
IRQ 7
IRQ 8
IRQ 9
IRQ 10
IRQ 11
IRQ 12
IRQ 13
IRQ 14
IRQ 15
Cannot read COM port entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Baud Rate entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Data Bit entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Parity entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Stop Bit entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read IRQ entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Printer Port entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Printer Type entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Application Action entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot read Transfer Protocol entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot open video board config file %sError reading file %s at line #%ldToo many TOTAL= directives found in file %s - line #%ldMissing TOTAL= amount at line #%ld in file %sInvalid TOTAL= amount at line #%ld in file %sInsufficient Memory for device tableUnknown keyword specifier on line #%ld of file %sVideo device table full!Missing DEV= amount at line #%ld in file %sIllegal Hex value for DEV= statement at line #%ld in file %sMissing DESC= statement at line #%ld in file %sMissing DESC= text at line #%ld in file %sDESC= missing " at line #%ld in %sDESC= missing end " at line #%ld in %sDESC= statement is blank at line #%ld in %sMissing HRES= statement at line #%ld in file %sMissing HRES= value at line #%ld in file %sIllegal HRES= value at line #%ld in file %sMissing VRES= statement at line #%ld in file %sMissing VRES= value at line #%ld in file %sIllegal VRES= value at line #%ld in file %sMissing COLORS= statement at line #%ld in file %sMissing COLORS= value at line #%ld in file %sMissing STATUS= statement at line #%ld in file %sMissing STATUS= value at line #%ld in file %sInsufficient memory for video table entryTOTAL (%d) does not match FOUND (%d)Cannot create video setup dialogInsufficient memory for video setup dialog boxVideo and Mouse Setup~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpTOTAL=6
Microsoft compatible Mouse Driver
Microsoft mouse, COM1
Microsoft mouse, COM2
Logitech/Mouse Systems mouse, COM1
Logitech/Mouse Systems mouse, COM2
No Mouse Installed
Could not read mouse device table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dVideo modeResolutionColorsAvailable mouse pointing devicesBefore PRODNAME can operate, we need to know some info about yourcomputer and the mode you want PRODNAME to run under.  Use theTAB and SHIFT-TAB keys to move around.  Up and Down arrows allow you tochange settings (as will Page Up and Page Down).  When you are all done,tap <ENTER> or choose "OK".  If you wish to exit to DOS, tap the <ESC>key or choose "Cancel".  For assistance, PRODNAME has an extensivehelp system (choose "Help").  If you don't know which video mode to pick,"Standard IBM EGA" will work.  If you have a VGA, use "Standard IBM VGA".Your setup must be saved first.  Do you wish to continue?Hit any key to return to PRODNAME: Unable to open graphics modeHanging up modemOne moment please...Insufficient memory for hangup dialogHangup failedPRODNAME vPRODVERA RIPscrip (tm) graphical terminal programCOPYRIGHTAll Rights ReservedSoftware date: COMPDATERIPscrip graphics allow you to use online systems inan entirely new and innovative way: graphically!For more information on RIPscrip graphical products, contact:COMPANYNAMEADDR1ADDR2Voice: VOICENUM  Fax: FAXNUM  BBS: BBSNUMRIPterm and RIPscrip are trademarks of MFGNAME~~O~~KAlpha ReleaseBeta ReleaseGamma ReleaseUnregistered Test Drive VersionYou are not required to register this software but if youdo, you'll get many more features for a very low cost.Purchasing this software will give you many more features.Registered Shareware VersionNo registered user nameSerial #: %sProfessional Commercial EditionProfessional Network EditionLog file %s closedError writing to log file %s - log closedOverwrite file %s or add to it?~~O~~verwrite file~~A~~dd to fileWould you like to pause or close the log file?Would you like to resume the log or close the file?~~P~~ause Log~~R~~esume Log~~C~~lose LogEnter filename to capture text to:Can Not Open Log File %s<PAUSED>Registered Version OnlySorry, Wildcards are not allowed hereCould not locate text file %sCould not open text file %sFile: Line #: Can not read line #%ld of ASCII file %sInsufficient memory for ASCII uploadASCII upload of %s complete.  Press any key to continueEnter the filename to download to your hard disk

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the filename to upload (wildcards are allowed)

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the filename to upload (no wildcards allowed)

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter filename to capture the ASCII text to...

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the filename of the local RIPscrip file to display

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Modem Dialog Prefix String to use for this entry

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Modem Dialog Suffix String to use for this entry

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Comm Port Hardware Base I/O Address

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Name of the Host System in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter a Phone Number for the Host System in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter a Noteworthy Description for this Host System

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Host System Directory Name in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter your UserID that you use on this Host System

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter your Password that you use on this Host System

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Modem Initialization String in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Modem Auto-Answer Command String in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Modem Reset Command String in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Modem Hangup Command String in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Description for this External Application in this Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the DOS Command to Execute this External Application

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the File Extension for File Transfer Protocol Activation

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Batch File to Run for Upload Protocol Operations

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Batch File to Run for Download Protocol Operations

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the Trigger String for Auto-Download with this Protocol

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
▒▒▒ 2.1.2 ■ Welcome to PRODNAME Setup Screen ▒▒▒
The options on the left let you set up your modem connection.
The most common settings for high speed modems (modems faster than 2400
baud) are Modem Baud Rate set to 38,400, Flow Control set to RTS/CTS, and
Port Lock enabled.
Modem COM Port tells the computer which communications port the modem is
connected to.  The valid options are COM1, COM2, COM3, and COM4.  If your
COM port does not use the standard interrupt (IRQ) and base address
settings, you can configure these later by selecting Modem Hardware Setup
from the Setup menu.  See Section 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu for more info.
Modem Baud Rate sets the connection speed between your computer and modem.
The valid baud rate settings are 300; 1200; 2400; 4800; 9600; 38,400;
57,600; and 155,200.  If you select a baud rate above 2400, PRODNAME will
automatically enable Port Lock and set Flow Control to RTS/CTS (Hardware).
These are the most common settings for high speed modems.
Flow Control controls the flow of data to your computer.  It is a way for
PRODNAME to be able to turn the flow of incoming information on and off,
like the faucet on a garden hose.  The valid settings are RTS/CTS (also
know as Hardware Flow Control), Xon/Xoff (also known as Software Flow
Control), and None. It is not recommended to set flow control to none.
If your modem or modem cable does not support RTS/CTS, at least use
Xon/Xoff.  It's better than nothing!  Some modems and hosts don't support
any flow control.
Port Lock keeps the speed at which your modem and computer talk to each
other at a fixed speed, and lets your modem worry about what speed to
talk to another modem at.  This is recommended for high speed modems.

            ~ Modem Setup Detail ~2364
▒▒▒ 2.1.5 ■ Convert RIPscrip v1.x Icons to v2.x Icons ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
││           Convert icon <path/filename> to 2.0 BMP format?         ││
│├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
││ You have some obsolete RIPscrip 1.x icons installed.  These files ││
││ can be converted to the newer 2.0 format automatically.           ││
││ To convert this icon file, click "OK".                            ││
││ If you don't want to convert this icon, click "Cancel".           ││
││ To convert all icon files at once, click "Auto".                  ││
││ To Exit to DOS, click "Exit".                                     ││
││ If you do not wish to convert any files, click "Skip".            ││
││ For more assistance, choose "Help".                               ││
││ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ││
││ │   OK   │ │ Cancel │ │  Auto  │ │  Skip  │ │  Exit  │ │  Help  │ ││
││ └────────┘ └────────┘ └────────┘ └────────┘ └────────┘ └────────┘ ││
│└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

PRODNAME vPRODVER needs to convert older RIPscrip version 1.x icons to be
able to use them.  A list of the file types converted are listed below.

    File Description                Icon  Mask  Hot
    ------------------------------  ----  ----  ----
    RIPscrip v1.x Icon Files        .ICN  .MSK  .HOT
    RIPscrip v2.x Icon Files        .BMP  .BMM  .BMH
The original icon file is deleted after the conversion to the new icon,
and the file extension is changed as shown in the table above.  The file
date and time is preserved from the original file, so that icon update
queries will work without a problem.  File queries received by PRODNAME
version 2 with the older icon file extensions are converted on-the-fly by
PRODNAME to the new extensions.  This was necessary for backwards
compatibility on file queries.
When the conversion process is complete, a count of the number of files
converted is displayed.  Click OK to continue.

Macro file %s doesn't exist.Macro file %s has no Macro File Type directiveCan't read macro file %s at line %ldUnknown macro file command in file %s at line %ldMACRO= before TYPE= statement in file %s at line %ldToo many TYPE= directives in macro file %s at line %ldNo data following TYPE= directive in %s at line %ldInvalid Macro file type in file %s at line %ldMacro missing emulation name in %s at line %ldInvalid Emulation name in %s at line %ldMacro is missing keystroke in file %s at line %ldMissing Macro Text in file %s at line %ldMacro longer than 1000 bytes in %s at line %ldKeystroke %s not valid in %s at line %ldInsufficient memory for macro in %s at line %ldCan't create macro editor dialogKeystroke Macro Editor~~O~~K~~S~~ave~~L~~oad~~D~~elete~~A~~ddClea~~r~~H~~elp~~E~~dit      Keystroke ... Macro Replacement Text~~C~~ommon macrosS~~y~~stem macrosTerminal e~~m~~ulation macrosYou must select a macro to edit firstCouldn't create Add Macro dialog boxCan't make a macro out of the keystrokeType the keystroke that you wish to assign a macro to.Hit the <Space Bar> to abandon Add Mode...Macro %s already exists.  Do you wish to alter it?Enter macro text for keystroke:  %sHelp Entering Keystroke Macro Text Strings

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Insufficient memory to add another macroInsufficient memory to update macroYou must select a macro to delete firstDelete macro %s: "%s"?Clear all macros in this macro list?Add the macros to the current list or replace it?~~A~~dd~~R~~eplaceOne macro was loaded from file %s%d macros were loaded from file %sLoad what macro file?Load Which Macro Filename?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Save Common macros to what file?Save macros to what filename?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Save System macros to what file?Save macros to what filename?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Save Terminal Emulation to what file?Save Terminal Emulation to what filename?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Overwrite Common Macro file %s?Overwrite System Macro file %s?Overwrite Terminal Emulation Macro file %s?Cannot create macro file %sCannot write to macro file %sNo macros to saveWhich type of macro file do you wish to save this as?TOTAL=3
~~C~~ommon macro definitions
~~S~~ystem-specific macro definitions
~~T~~erminal Emulation macro definitions
Cannot read Macro File Type table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dYou may save your macros to one of the following 3 file types

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Save macros to what kind of Terminal Emulation macro file?TOTAL=3
~~R~~IPscrip
~~A~~NSI
~~V~~T-100
Cannot read Macro File Emulation table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dYou may save your macros under the following Terminal Emulations

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***

;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;;
;; PRODNAME 2.0 keystroke macro file
;;
;; COPYRIGHT
;; All Rights Reserved
;;
;;
;; The type of macro file designates when and how it is used.  To specify
;; the file type, you need to specify a TYPE= statement with one (or more)
;; words after it.  This command gives the macro file is attributes.  For
;; the COMMON and SYSTEM macro file types, you only need to have that one
;; word after the TYPE= statement.  For the EMULATION type, you need to
;; specify which terminal emulation it belongs to (see below).
;;
;; There are three basic "Types" of Keystroke macro files:
;;
;; SYSTEM - A macro file that is only loaded when you are connected to
;; a particular host BBS.  You can optionally place the system name
;; after the "SYSTEM" keyword - it will be ignored.  For Example:
;;
;;      TYPE=SYSTEM
;;      TYPE=SYSTEM CompuServe
;;
;; COMMON - Loaded all the time - regardless of what host BBS you are
;; connected with.  Anything after the keyword "COMMON" is ignored.
;; Example:
;;
;;      TYPE=COMMON
;;
;; EMULATION - Used for terminal emulations like RIPSCRIP, ANSI or
;; VT-100.  If you specify this macro file type, you must specify the
;;  type of terminal emulation.  The three possible examples of this
;; command are:
;;
;;      TYPE=EMULATION RIPSCRIP
;;      TYPE=EMULATION ANSI
;;      TYPE=EMULATION VT-100
;;
;; When you press a key, it is checked against the three possible list of
;; macros.  The SYSTEM macro list is checked first.  If no matches were
;; found in that list, then the COMMON list is checked.  If still no
;; matches were found, then the EMULATION list is checked.
;;
;; You may have comments in your file just about anywhere - but you cannot
;; have a comment one the same line as a macro definition (see below).  A
;; comment is what you're reading now and is started by a semicolon (;).
;; Anything after the first semicolon (inclusive) is ignored.  Blank lines
;; are also ignored in a keystroke macro file.
;;
;;
;; A Macro definition is created by specifying the keyword MACRO= followed
;; by the keystroke then the macro text.  For example:
;;
;;      MACRO=Ctrl-F3       This is a macro
;;      MACRO=Ctrl-Alt-F3   This is another macro
;;
;; You are allowed to mix "CTRL-", "ALT-" and "SHIFT-" with many different
;; keystrokes (eg, F3, K, HOME, etc).  Not all combinations are valid.
;; The following lists valid keys on the keyboard which you may combine
;; with CTRL, ALT or SHIFT in different combinations (many keys like 0-9,
;; A-Z, etc are not listed here - only special keys that don't have an
;; ASCII character associated with them (eg, HOME, PgDn, F3, etc):
;;
;;  F1
;;  F2
;;  F3
;;  F4
;;  F5
;;  F6
;;  F7
;;  F8
;;  F9
;; F10
;; F11
;; F12
;;
;; Keypad_* ... * key on the keypad
;; Keypad_+ ... + key on the keypad
;; Keypad_- ... - key on the keypad
;; Keypad_/ ... / key on the keypad
;; Keypad_. ... . key on the keypad
;; Keypad_0 ... 0 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_1 ... 1 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_2 ... 2 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_3 ... 3 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_4 ... 4 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_5 ... 5 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_6 ... 6 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_7 ... 7 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_8 ... 8 key on the keypad
;; Keypad_9 ... 9 key on the keypad
;;
;; Keypad_Enter ... Enter key on the keypad
;;
;; INSERT ... Insert key
;; DELETE ... Delete key
;;   HOME ... Home key
;;    END ... End key
;;   DOWN ... Down arrow key
;;     UP ... Up arrow key
;;  RIGHT ... Right arrow key
;;   LEFT ... Left arrow key
;;   PgDn ... Page Down key
;;   PgUp ... Page Up key
;;  ENTER ... Enter key
;; ESCAPE ... Escape key
;;  SPACE ... Space bar
;;    TAB ... Tab key
;; BSPACE ... Backspace key
;;
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
Error loading device driverDevice does not respondProtected-mode memory mapping errorMemory allocation errorInvalid DEVICE valueNormal return, no errorsNo mouse fields/buttons in offscreen graphical portsCan't create RIPscrip screen port

[2J
### This option is no longer in use ###
Enter your choice or <ESC> to exit debug: 
Sorry, that wasn't a valid selection.  Please try again.

Hit any key to continue: ### This option is no longer in use ###
MFGNAME Code Revisions:

                 PRODNAME code version: %s
          RIPscrip revision signature: %s
          String library code version: %s
        Keyboard library code version: %s
          Memory library code version: %s
  Virtual memory library code version: %s
     Linked list library code version: %s
             GUI library code version: %s
General Interal Software Information:
─────────────────────────────────────
                RIPscrip Parser State: %d
           Scrollback size (in bytes): %ld
                Scrollback bytes used: %ld
                Scrollback lines used: %ld
               Scrollback Head Offset: %ld
               Scrollback Tail Offset: %ld
Scrollback characters on current line: %ld



                    Text Window Slot Configuration (CUR=%hd)
                    ──────────────────────────────


                       Graphical port configuration (CUR=%hd)
                       ────────────────────────────
        1.54 Clipboard Slot: %-3s              Offscreen pixels used: %ld
     Total offscreen pixels: %-6ld      Offscreen pixels remaining: %ld
%c%02hd║%02s║%3ld│%3ld║%3hd│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd║%c│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd║%3hd│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd║%c║%c║%s║


            Graphical Style configuration (CUR=%hd)
            ─────────────────────────────
%02d: %3d %3d %2d %2d %2d %1d %2d %3d %1d %3d %04X %c


                      Button style configuration (CUR=%hd)
                      ──────────────────────────
%02d: %4d %4d %d %04X %2d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %2d %04X %3d %3d


                        Comm Port configuration
                        ───────────────────────

Port type:  Greenleaf Fast

    COM%02d: %6ld,%c,%1d,%1d    DTR: %c       RTS: %c       OUT1: %c  OUT2: %c LOOP: %c
  Uart at: %04x  IRQ%-2d  Int no: %-2d  Is16550: %c  UseTXFifo: %c Trigger Level: %-2d
Buffer at: %04x:%04x      Head: %-4d   Tail: %-4d   Count: %-4d       Peek: %-3d

   Status: %-6d  TXUsed: %-5ld   TXFree: %-5ld RXUsed: %-5ld   RXFree: %-5ld
  Signals: DSR: %c     CTS: %c   CD: %c   RI: %c  PE: %c  FE: %c  BREAK: %c OE: %c
Handshake: RTS: %c     CTS: %c  DTR: %c  DSR: %c   Blocking: %c

Fast port: %04x:%04x  Fast id: %04x  Next port: %04x:%04x  Next real: %04x:%04x
Chip 8259: %02x        Sec 8259: %02x     8259 bit: %04x
                    Int count: %04x Real count: %04x

Saved vec: %04x:%04x  Handler: %04x:%04x  Data: %04x:%04x
Save real: %04x:%04x Real hnd: %04x:%04x  Data: %04x:%04x
Manual dialing help

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Dial what number (tilde (~~) = 1/2 second pause)Insufficient memory for Dialing WindowDialing Host SystemInsufficient memory for Dialing Window dialog itemsCance~~l~~C~~ycleR~~e~~move~~H~~elpSystem NamePhone NumberStarted AtCurrent TimeAttempt #~~R~~emainingStatus


CAPNAME.EXE vPRODVER - A RIPscrip graphical terminal program
COPYRIGHT  All rights reserved.
Format:  CAPNAME [-abimnou[acpv]vx] [-Dentry#] [-Pfile] [-Rfile] [-Sfile]
Options:

         -A ... Disable digitized audio sounds
         -B ... Show start-up checkpoint messages (debug mode)
         -I ... Disable auto-icon conversion checking at start-up
         -M ... Disable mouse operations
         -N ... Disable logo screen
         -O ... Do not initialize modem - indicate you're already online
-U[A|C|P|V] ... Force setup process (-U: complete setup, -UA: audio setup,
                -UC: COM port setup, -UV: video setup, -UP: printer setup).
         -V ... Don't prompt to move files if any are out of place
         -X ... Exit immediately after dropped connection
 -D<entry#> ... Dial <entry#> upon bootup (from 1-1000)
   -P<file> ... Uses an alternate phone directory file
   -R<file> ... Execute the RIPscrip file <file> upon start-up
   -S<file> ... Uses an alternate setup file
Time elapsed without a connection...Maximum attempts reachedPausing for next redial attemptFailed to load Audio Detection systemFailed to sense Audio HardwareFailure to set Audio HardwareFailure to initialize Audio structuresFailure to initialize Audio TimerError allocating bitmapError Getting Bitmap!Can't allocate bitmap at this resolution and pointsizeError getting font information structureError realizing fontOut of MemoryError in Vector font engine<manual dialing>~~O~~KSerial LinkA connection couldn't be established...The system is busy...A human being answered the phone...No dialtone found on the phone line...An modem error was encountered...A connection was established...Your should be using the Port Lock feature of PRODNAMEEnter the information for %sEnter Volatile User Text Variable
A volatile (discardable) text variable is somewhat different than the
previously described text variables.  They do not remain in memory or
in any database for any period of time.  They are used solely to ask
you a simple question, transmit the information to the host, then the
contents of the variable are destroyed forever.  Why would you (or a
host) want something like this?  This question is answered
differently for YOU or for a host.
A volatile text variable for you can be useful during keystroke
macros.  Let's say you have a very complex macro that you've devised
for doing something in a game (for example) to another user on the
host.  Should you have to edit the macro each time you want to
use it for someone different?  Of course not!  Simply place a
reference to an "undefined" text variable in your macro.  When you
execute the macro, PRODNAME will look through its list of text
variables (pre-defined, in-memory and permanent), and if it doesn't
find a corresponding variable, it would pop-up a quick dialog box
asking you to enter something for that variable.  Whatever you type
into that dialog box for the variable is replaced in your macro right
then and there, and is immediately discarded after the macro is
finished.  For example, let's say you have the following macro setup
to attack another player in a game on some host you call:

          F2:  ATTACK $USERNAME$ FIERCELY^m
When you execute macro F2, PRODNAME will transmit "ATTACK " to the
host, then find the text variable $USERNAME$ in it.  It will check
its internal tables for this variable, and if it doesn't find it, it
will pop-up a window asking you to enter the data will appear.
Choose one of the hilighted Buttons firstPlease enter: "%s"Please enter a valueStore in database, or in memory?
PERMANENT (DATABASE) VARIABLES

  Permanent text variables are saved in a local PRODNAME database file
  called CAPNAME.DB.  This file is automatically indexed for high-speed
  retrieval of information.  The index file for this database is called
  CAPNAME.IDX.  Both files are stored in the current PRODNAME directory
  for safe keeping.  Any permanent text variable that is created is
  stored in this file.

  A permanent text variable can be created by yourself manually by
  choosing option "Store Data" from the Data menu, or interactively by
  a host via a special RIPscrip command ("Define Text Variable").  Once
  you create a variables, they are stored forever, or until you either
  delete the database file, or modify the entry.  These variables may
  be accessed by yourself, or a host (if you wish it).  This can be
  quite useful in preventing you from having to type the same
  information in over and over again in future on-line sessions. Imagine
  if you could sign-up on a host without having to type a single
  character?  Sound too good to be true?  With text variables, you (and
  other sysops) could do this!
TEMPORARY (IN MEMORY) VARIABLES

  Temporary (in memory) text variables are just like permanent text
  variables, except that they are not stored in a database file.  They
  are stored in your computer's memory.  They remain until you exit
  PRODNAME.  Other than that, they are identical in nature to permanent
  text variables.  Until you exit PRODNAME, they will exist and will be
  accessible to you (via macros), or to a host.
Invalid Data Variable name entered


   Variable Identifiers can be 1-12 characters in length.  You may use
   any alphabetic or numeric characters and underscores (_) in the
   identifier.  An underscore cannot be the first character, nor can the
   first character of an identifier be a number.
The Text Variable was created and saved to memory

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Cannot store the variable to the database

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
The Text Variable was created and saved to the Database

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
You must enter a value for this Text Variable

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter some information for this Text Variable

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter data for "%s"...Now resuming your previousonline session.Now Initializing the modemOne Moment...Insufficient memory for Resuming Connection dialogHangup the Modem?~~S~~ound BlasterChoose one of the following:Please Choose from one of the list entries

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
You must choose from one of the available list entries

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the BMP filename to save the screen to

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter filename to store screen to (in .BMP format):initRIPscripParser:string -- insufficient memoryinitRIPscripParser:vals -- insufficient memoryNoneError writing to temporary fileError reading from temporary fileError saving the clipboardError restoring the clipboardEnabling modem auto-answer modeOne Moment...Insufficient memory for Auto-answer dialogInsufficient memory for scrollback buffer.  Scrollback disabled.Insufficient memory for scrollback dialog boxScrollback Mode~~O~~K~~S~~earch~~A~~gain~~W~~rite~~P~~rintC~~l~~ear~~H~~elpAre you sure you want to erase the scrollback contents?No printer configured.  Printer services unavailable.Can't perform a "search again" without having searched beforeEnter text to search for in the scrollback:Nothing to search for - scrollback emptyNothing to print - scrollback emptyNothing to write - scrollback emptyNo match found in forward searchNo more matches foundScrollback - Search mode (enter string to find)


        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Insufficient memory for scrollback write dialogWrite Scrollback to What File?~~F~~ilename~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpO~~v~~erwrite file~~A~~ppend to file~~E~~ntire BufferCurrent ~~P~~ageFile ControlSave What?Entering the Filename to Save Your Scrollback to

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Print What Part of the Scrollback?~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpEntire ~~B~~ufferCurrent ~~P~~ageInsufficient memory for scrollback write dialogWriting scrollback to file %sOne moment please...Cannot create file %sCannot append to file %sError writing scrollback to file %sError writing scrollback page to file %sError appending scrollback to file %sError appending scrollback page to file %sPrinter not Responding.  Check Power & Cable.Printer OFF-LINE.  Please correct...Printer OUT OF PAPER.  Add some more...Printer is BUSY.  Wait for a few moments... ~~C~~ancel  ~~R~~etry  PRINTER NOT RESPONDING
After choosing the PRINT option, PRODNAME discovered that the
printer is not responding.  This could occur if the printer is not
turned on, not plugged in, or if the cable connecting the computer
and the printer is loose or broken.
PRINTER IS OFF-LINE
The printer is currently "off-line".  Turn it On-Line and click
on Re-Try.
PRINTER IS OUT OF PAPER
The printer has run out of paper.  In order to continue, you need
to insert more paper into your printer and click on Re-Try.
Printing Scrollback BufferOne moment please...~~E~~ject PagePrinting Postscript dataCould not access file %sOne Moment Please...Error reading file %s on line #%ldCan't create temporary postscript data fileError encountered.  Printer log closed.  %ld byte printedError encountered.  Printer log closed.  %ld bytes printedPrinter log enabled to %sPrinter log disabled.  %ld byte printed.Printer log disabled.  %ld bytes printed.Error writing to postscript temporary file.  Log closed~~E~~ject pageDoorway mode disabledDoorway mode enabledButton hotkeys disabledButton hotkeys enabledInsufficient memory for Chat Mode dialogUser-to-User Chat Mode~~C~~ancel~~H~~elp~~E~~rase~~S~~crollback~~L~~og fileRemote UserLocal User (you)B~~r~~eak durationBreak Duration

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Break signals are not configuredSending break signalOne moment please...Insufficient memory for audio systemAudio Board ConfigurationFor sound to work properly with your audio board, you must configure it.Select the board that is installed in your computer and its hardwaresettings.  If you are unsure, select the Auto-Sense option to detect whatkind of board you have.  Consult Help for more detailed information aboutaudio configuration for PRODNAME.O~~KCa~~n~~celHel~~pA~~u~~to-Sense~~A~~udio boardsInterrupt (IR~~Q~~)D~~M~~A Channel~~I~~/O Port AddrM~~o~~no~~S~~tereo~~8~~ bit~~1~~6 bitBufferingCustom Buffering/Timing~~L~~ightM~~e~~dium~~H~~eavy~~C~~ustomCustom Buffering~~B~~uffersBuffer si~~z~~e~~T~~imer Counts/Sec~~D~~MA Size (in K)~~V~~olume (%)Insufficient memory for audio setup dialogTOTAL=20
<No Audio Device>
Creative Labs - Sound Blaster
Creative Labs - Sound Blaster Pro
Creative Labs - Sound Blaster 16-bit
Creative Labs - Sound Blaster Pro 16
Creative Labs - Sound Blaster ASP16
Creative Labs - Sound Blaster AWE32
Covox - Sound Master II
MediaVision - Pro Audio Spectrum
MediaVision - Pro Audio Spectrum Plus
MediaVision - Pro Audio Spectrum 16
MediaVision - Thunderboard
Adlib MultiMedia - Adlib Gold
Cardinal Technologies - Cardinal Sound Studio
Microsoft - Microsoft Sound System
ESS Technologies - ESS 488/688 Audiodrive
Ensoniq - Soundscape
Roland - Roland RAP-10
Advanced Gravis - Gravis UltraSound
Advanced Gravis - Gravis UltraMax
Cannot read Audio Device entry table - Lines=%d - Should be: %dCannot initialize audio detection systemNoneThat audio device can't be found.  Continue anyway?Audio Board - Auto-SensingFor your convenience you may choose to attempt auto-sensingof your sound board.  For most people this works very well,and will determine the correct sound board and its hardwaresettings.  Under some circumstances auto-sensing may not workproperly (eg, network boards installed, unusual hardware orTSR's, etc).  It is possible that auto-sensing might lock-upyour computer.  If it does, no damage will be done to yoursystem; just re-run the software and attempt to configure theaudio board manually.  For more information about sound boardauto-sensing, select the Help option below.While the auto-sensing is going on, try not to move the mousearound (even though you won't be able to see it).  The reasonfor this is it can interfere with sensing and can make theauto-senser obtain incorrect hardware settings.Do you wish to proceed with sound board auto-sensing?~~Y~~es~~N~~o~~H~~elpInsufficient memory for audio auto-sensing dialogSound Board Auto-Sensing Information [IMPORTANT]
Auto-sensing for nearly any piece of equipment on an IBM-PC compatible
computer is tricky.  Depending on the equipment inside the computer, it
may be easy or nearly impossible to accomplish.  For some audio boards
like the Pro Audio Spectrum, auto-sensing is pretty much infallible
because that board requires a device driver to function.  Other cards
like the Sound Blaster series are more complicated to detect.
If you have a network adapter installed, or any other piece of equipment
that uses whats known as an IRQ (interrupt) or a DMA channel, then auto-
sensing could lock-up your computer.  If this happens, simply reboot
your computer and restart PRODNAME and configure the audio device
manually (this will probably require you to pull out your sound board's
manual).
The auto-senser will first attempt to identify what type of sound board
you have in your computer.  If it finds one it will then attempt to
determine the actual hardware settings (IRQ, DMA and I/O Port Address).
It will also set the stereo or 16 bit modes appropriately.  It should
be noted that if you do not have a 16550 UART type serial port then
neither stereo or mono will be selected (even if your card can support
them).  The reasons for this are rather complicated but we'll explain
them briefly here.
In order for your computer to process data from your modem fast enough,
it has to be constantly checking the modem for data.  This requires
quite a bit of effort on the computer's part.  When you enable a sound
device, it too requires a great deal of attention from the computer.

           ~CONTINUED~1529             ~PREVIOUS~1528

                            ~ Audio Setup Help ~2388
Sound Board Auto-Sensing Information (continued)
Since both the modem and the sound device require a great deal of the
computer's attention, PRODNAME has to work with both of them very
carefully.  Audio boards in 8 bit mono modes require the least amount
of attention from the computer.  If you put that same board into
stereo mode or into 16 bit mode, you double the amount of attention
that the computer must give it.  If you put it into 16 bit stereo
mode then you quadrouple the attention required.
The more attention that the sound board requires, the less computer
resources are available for monitoring the modem.  At high speeds
(14,400 baud and above), modems require a great deal of attention.
If you cannot monitor the modem often enough, PRODNAME can start
missing incoming characters from the modem.  This can cause text
to become corrupted or graphics to be garbled, or file transfers
to get a large number of errors.  What is needed is a modem serial
port that requires less of the computer's attention.  There is one -
and its a serial port with whats known as a 16550 UART chip on it.
Most serial ports have 8250 or 16450 UARTS on them and those simply
put, require a lot of attention.
Most internal modems don't have these problems.  Also, a lot of the
computers coming off the assembly line now have these new types of
serial ports, but they're still not all that common in today's
production.

           ~CONTINUED~1530             ~PREVIOUS~1529

Sound Board Auto-Sensing Information (continued)

PRODNAME knows if your computer has this new and improved serial
port and if it does, it will auto-sense your audio board to its
fullest capability.  If on the other hand, you don't have one of
these newer serial ports, the auto-senser will not select stereo
or 16 bit modes for your sound card even if it supports them.  This
is because they require a lot more of the computer's attention (2
or 4 times more) and that can cause communications to become
erratic.
If you think that your sound board might be causing communications
to fail, go into the Debug Menu (Ctrl-Alt-D) and choose the option
"Comm Port Configuration".  You will get a rather technical looking
display of technical jargon.  Look for the OE= statement.  If it
says OE=1 then you know that your modem isn't getting enough
attention.  If its OE=0 then you're simply dealing with line noise.
If it reads OE=1 then hope is still not lost, try going into the
audio setup and reduce the Timer Count/Sec field a little.  Keep
doing it until communications start to work, or audio starts to
do funny things.  You can also try shutting off stereo or 16 bit
modes as well (turning these off allows you to reduce the timer
count more without affecting audio playback).

                         ~PREVIOUS~1529
Auto-sensing audio hardware.One moment please...Can't find any sound device.  Use manual configuration instead.Can't determine hardware settings.  Use manual configuration.Insufficient memory for confirmation dialogAre You Sure You Want to Use These SettingsThe settings you have chosen may cause either your audio orcommunications to function erratically.  This is because theport your modem is connected to doesn't use what's known asa 16550 UART chip (see help).  Without this piece of equip-ment, you really shouldn't attempt to use 16 bit modes orstereo modes for your sound.  Doing so may cause errors tooccur during communications or make your audio "skip".  Ifyou feel like experimenting, then adjusting the Timer Countvalue may give better results.  Lowering it can cause soundto skip but will give you more reliable communications.Increasing it might cause your communications to behaveerratically.  See help for more detailed information.IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS IS A HARDWARE LIMITATION, NOT APRODNAME LIMITATION.Do you still want to activate these settings?~~Y~~es~~N~~o~~H~~elpYou have requested PRODNAME to enable audio when it is setfor a fairly high baud rate (over 19,200 baud).  In addition,your system doesn't have what's known as a 16550 UART chip(see help).  Without a serial port that uses one of thesechips, you will probably experience erratic communications.To prevent this from happening, drop your baud rate down to19200 baud, or disable audio.  Installing an internal modemthat has built-in 16550 support or installing a 16550-basedserial port board into your computer will also solve thisproblem.  With a 16550 based configuration you can have highquality audio at high baud rates without any complications.IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS IS A HARDWARE LIMITATION, NOT APRODNAME LIMITATION.Do you still want to activate these settings?The settings you have chosen may cause either your audio or communica-tions to function erratically.  This is because the port your modem isconnected to doesn't use what's known as a 16550 UART chip (see help).Without this piece of equipment, you really shouldn't attempt to use16 bit modes or stereo modes for your sound.  Doing so may causeerrors to occur during communications or make your audio "skip".  Ifyou feel like experimenting, then adjusting the Timer Count value maygive better results.  Lowering it can cause sound to skip but willgive you more reliable communications.  Increasing it might cause yourcommunications to behave erraticgally.  See help for more details.You are also requesting PRODNAME to enable sound while it is alsoset for a fairly high baud rate (above 19,200 baud).  Since you don'thave a 16550-type serial port, you will probably experience erraticcommunications.  To prevent this from happening, drop your baud ratedown to 19200 baud, or disable audio.  Installing an internal modemthat has built-in 16550 support or installing a 16550-based serialport board into your computer will also solve this problem.  With a16550 based configuration you can have high quality audio at high baudrates without any complications.IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS IS A HARDWARE LIMITATION, NOT A PRODNAMELIMITATION.Do you still want to activate these settings?Entering Image Filenames

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the filename of the image file you wish to viewFile %s is not a valid JPEG fileFile %s is not a valid BMP fileSorry, %s is not a valid JPEG or BMP fileImage file %s not foundOpening binary resource file ...                                Processing command line arguments ...                           Loading program setup ...                                       Initializing graphics mode ...                                  Initializing the GUI                 Initializing graphics queue          Firing up graphics mode              Cannot open resource file CAPNAME.RESCannot initialize graphics mode.guiInit Error: %sCouldn't initialize color system.Insufficient memory for the RIPscrip parser system.Insufficient memory for bitmapped font scaling tables.Cannot read bitmapped font scaling tables.Insufficient memory for the RIPscrip graphics style sub-system.Insufficient memory for the RIPscrip button style sub-system.Insufficient memory for the RIPscrip text window sub-system.Insufficient memory for the dialing directory system.Insufficient memory for the RIPscrip drawing port sub-system.Insufficient memory for the ANSI parser.Insufficient memory for mouse field data table.Insufficient memory for the text variable system.Insufficient memory for status bar.Insufficient memory for pulldown menu system.Insufficient memory for message file replacement engine.The system hasn't defined a menu redraw command.No System Menu Redraw Command Present
Redraw System Menu is a new feature of RIPscrip that allows the host to
define what key sequence is needed to redraw the screen.  If no sequence
is defined, this option is ghosted (not selectable).  Many systems just
need a Carriage Return (ENTER, or Control-M) to redraw the current screen,
but hosts vary.  This allows them to define the correct re-draw sequence,
but all you have to know is how to press Ctrl-HOME.
The Redraw System Menu command is in the Options menu.
Couldn't send menu redraw command.Couldn't Send Menu Redraw Command

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***

        *** Explain to the user that something screwy just happened, ***
        *** like the keyboard was locked, the comm port wasn't open, ***
        *** or that there was some kind of internal error just now.  ***
%02hd: ──────── ─ ── ─── ─── ─── ─── ─── ───


                  Flag Definitions
                  ────────────────
                  01: Cursor hidden    10: High intensity
                  02: Blinking (n/a)   20: Keypad app mode
                  04: Underline        40: Cursor app mode
                  08: Inverse video    80: Enter sends LF

╔══╦═╦═══════════════╦═══════════════╦══╤══╤══╤═════╦═══════╦═╤═╤═╤═╤═╤═╤═╦═══╗
║ S║ ║      Text     ║     Text      ║  │  │  │     ║Cursor ║A│ │E│ │I│K│H║Clr║
║ l║ ║     Window    ║    Window     ║  │  │ F│     ║ Info  ║c│ │x│ │n│b│o╟─┬─╢
║ o║F║    Bounding   ║    Display    ║ C│ R│ l│Scrol╟─────┬─╢t│P│t│W│s│d│m║F│B║
║ t║o║   Rectangle   ║   Rectangle   ║ o│ o│ a│Margn║Locat│E║i│r│e│r│e│L│R║o│a║
║  ║n╟───┬───┬───┬───╫───┬───┬───┬───╢ l│ w│ g├──┬──╫──┬──┤n║v│o│n│a│r│c│e║r│c║
║ #║t║ X0│ Y0│ X1│ Y1║ X0│ Y0│ X1│ Y1║ s│ s│ s│BG│EN║ X│ Y│a║e│t│d│p│t│k│l║e│k║
╠══╬═╬═══╪═══╪═══╪═══╬═══╪═══╪═══╪═══╬══╪══╪══╪══╪══╬══╪══╪═╬═╪═╪═╪═╪═╪═╪═╬═╪═╣
%c%2hd║%hd║%3hd│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd║%3hd│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd║%2hd│%2hd│%02X│%2hd│%2hd║%2hd│%2hd│%c║%c│%c│%c│%c│%c│%c│%c║%X│%X║
║% 2hd║─║───│───│───│───║───│───│───│───║──│──│──│──│──║──│──│─║─│─│─│─│─│─│─║─│─║


 Port Type
 ─────────
    V: Video Port   OM: Offscreen (memory) port   OD: Offscreen (disk) port

╔══╦══╦═══════╦═══════════════╦═════════════════════════════════╦═╦═╦══════╗
║  ║  ║  Port ║               ║      Port Copy Information      ║P║ ║      ║
║  ║  ║  Size ║               ║      ─────────────────────      ║r║ ║      ║
║  ║  ╟───┬───╢               ║  Has it been the destination of ║o║ ║      ║
║  ║  ║   │ H ║               ║        a copy operation?        ║t║A║      ║
║  ║  ║ W │ e ║               ╠═╤═══════════════╦═══════════════╣e║c║      ║
║  ║ T║ i │ i ║    Viewport   ║C│  Source Port  ║  Destination  ║c║t║ Off- ║
║  ║ y║ d │ g ║   Rectangle   ║o│   Rectangle   ║ Port Rectangle║t║i║Screen║
║S#║ p║ t │ h ╟───┬───┬───┬───╢p├───┬───┬───┬───╫───┬───┬───┬───╢e║v║      ║
║  ║ e║ h │ t ║ X0│ Y0│ X1│ Y1║y│ X0│ Y0│ X1│ Y1║ X0│ Y0│ X1│ Y1║d║e║Pixels║
╠══╬══╬═══╪═══╬═══╪═══╪═══╪═══╬═╪═══╪═══╪═══╪═══╬═══╪═══╪═══╪═══╬═╬═╬══════╣

S#  PEN BCK OP FN SZ D FS FCL L LTH FLAG B
──────────────────────────────────────────
%02hd: ─── ─── ── ── ── ─ ── ─── ─ ─── ─── ─── ────

S#   WID  HGT L FLAG BS LCF LCB CBR CDR CSF G# FLG2 LCU CCR
───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
%02hd: ──── ──── ─ ──── ── ─── ─── ─── ─── ─── ── ──── ─── ───


                         Mouse Field Configuration (TOTAL=%hd)
                         ─────────────────────────

S#  MX0 MY0 MX1 MY1 T I R D S G# Command
───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
%02hd: %3hd %3hd %3hd %3hd %c %c %c %c %c %2hd %-37.37s

S#  FLAG U P
────────────


                         Color Palette Configuration (CUR=%hd)
                         ───────────────────────────
%02hd: %04X %c %c
%02hd: ──── ─ ─


                         Environment Configuration (CUR=%hd)
                         ─────────────────────────

S#  FLAG WRX WRY BM S C M P
───────────────────────────
%02hd: %04X %3hd %3hd %2hd %hd %hd %hd %c
%02hd: ──── ─── ─── ── ─ ─ ─ ─
Couldn't initialize RIPscrip environment system.

    ╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗
    ║%s║ ─── Base Save Area            Base Area In Use                     Base Area Not In Use         

    ╠═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╤═══╣
    ║░░░░P░   │║ ─── Data Save Slots (%hd used)
    ╟───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───┼───╢
    ║░░░   ║ ─── Data Save Stack (%hd used)
    ╚═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╝


                 Graphics Screen Data Table Configuration
                 ────────────────────────────────────────
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type in for this information is sent to the host system
exactly as you typed it (e.g., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "ToM SwIfT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type in for this information is sent to the host system
exactly as you typed it (e.g., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "ToM SwIfT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to upper case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "TOM SWIFT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to upper case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "TOM SWIFT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to lower case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "tom swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to lower case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "tom swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to "proper names" before it is sent to the
host system.  In other words, the first letter of each word is
capitalized, and every other letter in a word is changed to lower case
characters (i.e., "tOm sWiFt" is sent as "Tom Swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic characters (e.g., A-Z and a-z) for this
piece of information.  No spaces, punctuation or numbers.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to "proper names" before it is sent to the
host system.  In other words, the first letter of each word is
capitalized, and every other letter in a word is changed to lower case
characters (i.e., "tOm sWiFt" is sent as "Tom Swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter numeric characters (e.g., 0-9) for this piece of
information.  No spaces, alphabetic characters or punctuation.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type in for this information is sent to the host system
exactly as you typed it (e.g., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "ToM SwIfT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type in for this information is sent to the host system
exactly as you typed it (e.g., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "ToM SwIfT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to upper case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "TOM SWIFT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to upper case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "TOM SWIFT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to lower case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "tom swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to lower case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "tom swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to "proper names" before it is sent to the
host system.  In other words, the first letter of each word is
capitalized, and every other letter in a word is changed to lower case
characters (i.e., "tOm sWiFt" is sent as "Tom Swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You can only enter alphabetic or numeric characters for this piece of
information (i.e., A-Z, a-z and 0-9).  You cannot enter spaces or
punctuation characters for this data.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to "proper names" before it is sent to the
host system.  In other words, the first letter of each word is
capitalized, and every other letter in a word is changed to lower case
characters (i.e., "tOm sWiFt" is sent as "Tom Swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type in for this information is sent to the host system
exactly as you typed it (e.g., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "ToM SwIfT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type in for this information is sent to the host system
exactly as you typed it (e.g., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "ToM SwIfT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to upper case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "TOM SWIFT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to upper case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "TOM SWIFT").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to lower case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "tom swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to lower case before it is sent to the host
system (i.e., "ToM SwIfT" is sent as "tom swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You don't have to respond to this question.  If you choose CANCEL, the
host system will be notified that you don't want to respond.
What you type is converted to "proper names" before it is sent to the
host system.  In other words, the first letter of each word is
capitalized, and every other letter in a word is changed to lower case
characters (i.e., "tOm sWiFt" is sent as "Tom Swift").
Enter Information For Text Variable
Your are being asked to enter data for a "text variable".  A text
variable is a piece of information that is stored in PRODNAME which
can be retrieved by an online system at some later date.
You should type in the requested information.  It will be saved for
you so that the next time (if any) a request for this particular piece
of information is made, it is already "filled in" (i.e., PRODNAME
remembers it for you).
The "Protected access" option is a special security option available
to you.  It is used to prevent future requests for this information
from being automatically sent to the host system.  If you turn on
the protected access option for a text variable, the next time that
the host system asks for that variable, you will be prompted whether
it should be sent to that system or not.  This gives you control over
what data is sent to what system.
You may enter any characters you wish for this information.  Alphabetic,
numeric, punctuation or spaces.
You must enter a response to this question.  The host system will not
allow you to cancel this requested information.
What you type is converted to "proper names" before it is sent to the
host system.  In other words, the first letter of each word is
capitalized, and every other letter in a word is changed to lower case
characters (i.e., "tOm sWiFt" is sent as "Tom Swift").
You must enter a response for this text variableResponse Required for Text Variable
The host requesting this information has indicated that a response is
required for this question.
Cannot store variable; storing in memory insteadAn Error Occured Trying to Save to the Database

Invalid Variable NameInvalid Data Variable Name Entered

Variable Identifiers can be 1-12 characters in length.  You may use
any alphabetic or numeric characters and underscores (_) in the
identifier.  An underscore cannot be the first character, nor can the
first character of an identifier be a number.
### This option is no longer in use ###Store info in database?Insufficient memory to store text variableInsufficient Memory to Store Text Variable

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Information %s stored in memoryCan't to save to databaseCannot Store Variable to the Database

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Information %s stored to databaseThe Text Variable Was Created and Saved to the Database

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
ERROR READING DATABASE RECORD #%ld

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
[0;37;40m[2J
[0;34m┌──────────────────────┐[0;37m
[0;34m│[1;31m No variables defined [0;34m│[0;37m
[0;34m└──────────────────────┘[0;37m
Define what text variable?Define what text variable?
Pre-defined text variables are something that PRODNAME always knows
about.  They are "built-in" to PRODNAME, and a host can always get an
answer to.  These types of variables are defined to provide the host
with some kind of information about your terminal software, not about
something you (or your terminal) knows.  In other words, pre-defined
text variables can be used to send a piece of information to the host
saying "what time is it", or "what is the date where you are", or
"where is the mouse located?".  They function exactly like any other
text variable except that PRODNAME knows they exist even if you
haven't created them yet. By nature, the values that these variables
return to the host are rarely the same.  They change depending on the
nature of each variable.
Enter a query expressionEnter a Query Expression Data Entry

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***

Can't set current record in database.
Cannot write text length to backup fileCannot write text to backup fileCannot write bitmap pane count to backup fileCannot write bitmap pane start/stop table to backup fileCannot write bitmap pane size table to backup fileCannot write bitmap pane data to backup fileCannot write current button slot number to backup fileCannot write button style table to backup fileCannot write button style "in use" table to backup fileCannot write button style "protected" table to backup fileCannot write current graphics style slot number to backup fileCannot write graphics style table to backup fileCannot write current port number to backup fileCannot write current clipboard number to backup fileCannot write port type to backup fileCannot write port flags to backup fileCannot write port's bounding rectangle to backup fileCannot write port's viewport rectangle to backup fileCannot write port's "copy occurred" value to backup fileCannot write port's source copy rectangle to backup fileCannot write port's destination copy rectangle to backup fileCannot write current text window slot number to backup fileCannot write text window data to backup fileCannot write current color palette slot number to backup fileCannot write color palette table to backup fileCannot write count of mouse fields to backup fileCannot write mouse field data to backup fileCannot write current environment slot number to backup fileCannot write environment table to backup fileCannot write screen's color palette to backup file[0;37;40m[2J
[1;37mMemory Text Variables
[0;34m─────────────────────[0;37m
[0;37;40m
[1;37mDatabase Text Variables
[0;34m───────────────────────[0;37m
          [1;33m%12s [0;37m- %-50.50s
╚══╩═╩═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╩═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╩══╧══╧══╧══╧══╩══╧══╧═╩═╧═╧═╧═╧═╧═╧═╩═╧═╝
Cannot write baud rate emulation value to backup file╚══╩══╩═══╧═══╩═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╩═╧═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╩═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╩═╩═╩══════╝
║%2hd║──║───│───║───│───│───│───║─│───│───│───│───║───│───│───│───║─║─║──────║



                     Template (Group) Configuration
                     ──────────────────────────────

GR#  Template Definition
════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
%02hd:  %-71.71s
%02hd:  <not defined>
Couldn't create File Transfer Setup dialogCouldn't create File Transfer Setup Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
File Transfer Setup~~D~~ownload Dir~~U~~pload Dir~~Z~~modem Crash RecoveryAuto Z~~m~~odem DownloadCompuServe ~~Q~~uick B+ transfersASCII Upload Options~~L~~ine Pacing~~C~~haracter PacingLine E~~x~~pansionCapture Log OptionsCapture ~~A~~NSICapture ~~R~~IPscripCapture Doorwa~~y~~O~~KCa~~n~~celSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpEnter the DOS Path to Files you will be Downloading

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter the DOS Path to Files you will be Uploading

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Showing .BMP software logo screenAdding copyright info to start-up screenInitializing RIPscrip environmentInitializing RIPscrip color systemInitializing JPEG systemInitializing RIPscrip parserInitializing BGI font systemInitializing graphics style systemInitializing button style systemInitializing text window systemInitializing Fast Font systemInitializing mouse field systemInitializing text variable systemInitializing drawing port systemSetting default viewportInitializing MicroANSI font systemChecking old icons for possible conversionInitializing database systemInitializing ANSI sub-systemBuilding pull-down menu systemInitializing dialing directory sub-systemOpening dialing directory fileChecking/Initializing enhanced keyboard supportInitializing the keyboard sub-systemInitializing the macro sub-systemInitializing the application sub-systemInitializing the scrollback sub-systemInitializing RIPscrip systemInitializing the communications port sub-systemCreating the status barShowing logoUpdating configuration (maybe)Initializing application sub-systemsInitializing terminal emulation screenExecuting the event handlerRIPscrip processing enabledRIPscrip processing disabledANSI processing enabledANSI processing disabledError encountered receiving encoded binary file.Ignoring remaining data.  Press <ESC> to abort...
Mouse: Cannot obtain mouse information.

Mouse: Mouse driver information

   Version:  %hd.%hd
      Type:  %s
       IRQ:  %hd
Bus mouseSerial mouseInPort mousePS/2 mouseHP mouseUnknown mouse typeEnter photo filename to send:You can only send one photo at a timeSorry, that photo file doesn't existEnter the photo to send (wildcards not allowed)

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Drag a rectangle on the screen to place the photo (ESC to quit)Dragging a Rectangle on the Screen for the Photo

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Encoding/sending photo image fileOne moment please...Cannot open image file %sCannot read image file %sSend this photo?      ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐      │   You are now executing a DOS shell.  To return to PRODNAME:11│      │ enter the following command at the DOS prompt:                │      │                                                               │      │                          EXIT                                 │      └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘No errorNo such file or directoryArg list too bigExec format errorBad file numberNot enough memoryPermission deniedFile existsCross-device linkInvalid argumentFile table overflowToo many open filesNo space left on deviceArgument too largeResult too largeResource deadlock would occurResource deadlock would occurInterrupt problemChild does not existResource unavailable, try againDevice or resource busyFile too largeI/O errorIs a directoryNot a directoryToo many linksBlock device requiredNot a character deviceNo such device or addressNot ownerBroken pipeRead-only file systemIllegal seekNo such processText file busyBad addressName too longNo such deviceNo locks available in systemUnknown system callDirectory not emptyUnknown DOS errorDOS Error: %sInsufficient memory for application tableRun which application?Choose Which Application You Wish to Run

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Application #%d cannot be executedCannot execute application - command line blank!

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Run "%s"?Select which entries (#, #-#)?Invalid method of Marking dialing directory entries

   This option will mark (highlight) one or more dialing directory
   entries for subsequent action.  When chosen, a dialog box will
   appear allowing you enter information.  In this dialog box, you
   can enter one or more numbers indicating which directory entry(s)
   to highlight.  There are a number of options you may choose from
   for highlighting entries.  Some examples are:

       Examples:
       ---------
           1            ... highlight entry 1
           1, 2, 3      ... highlight entries 1, 2 and 3
           1 2 3        ... highlight entries 1, 2 and 3
           1;2;3        ... highlight entries 1, 2 and 3
           1-10         ... highlight entries 1 through 10
           15-          ... highlight entries 15 to the end (100)
           -5           ... highlight from Start (1) to entry 5
           -            ... highlight ALL entries
           1-5, 10, 95- ... highlight 1-5, 10 and 95-1000

   In addition, you can also specify a "Mark Merge".  This mode
   allows you to combine your Marked entries with any entries that
   are already marked.  To use Mark Merge mode, enter a plus sign
   (+) as the first character.  For example, if entries 3 and 5 are
   highlighted, and you mark "+ 10-15", then entries 3, 5, and 10-15
   will be highlighted.

   One final option is the Mark Exclude mode.  This mode is similar
   to Mark Merge, except that all entries EXCEPT those highlighted
   are marked.  To choose Mark Exclude mode, specify an exclamation mark
   (!) as the first character.

   Refer to the PRODNAME documentation for more details.
You cannot mark entries that wayEnter numbers from 1-100!Directory Entry numbers must be specified between 1-1000!
The Dialing Directory supports entries between 1 and 1000.

     Related subjects:

          ~Dialing Directory~2407

          ~Edit Dialing Directory Entries~2429

          ~Marking Dialing Directory Entries~2410
You must select at least one dialing directory entry to killCouldn't create Dialing Directory Delete dialogCouldn't create Dialing Directory Delete Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
How Should This Entry be Deleted?How Should These Entries be Deleted?~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elp~~E~~rase only~~R~~emove entirely (pack)Are you sure you wish to erase these entry(s)?Are you sure you wish to erase these entry(s)?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Erasing the selected entry(s).One moment please...Are you sure you wish to remove these entry(s)?Are you sure you wish to remove these entry(s)?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Removing the selected entry(s).One moment please...Couldn't create Dialing Directory Print DialogCouldn't create Dialing Directory Print Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Print this Dialing Directory EntryPrint Dialing Directory EntriesPrint Entire Dialing DirectoryPrinting Dialing Directory Entries

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpOutput DestinationOutput to ~~P~~rinterOutput to ~~F~~ileOutput Formats~~D~~etailed Listing~~T~~abular ListingShow ~~B~~lank EntriesFile Options~~O~~verwrite File~~A~~ppend to FileOutput Fi~~l~~enameEntering a Filename to Write the Dialing Directory to

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Cannot create dialing directory output fileCannot open dialing directory output file-----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ENTRY #: %hd      Name: %-24.24s   Phone-2: %s   Phone-1: %-24.24s   Phone-3: %s  SystemID: %-12.12s               User-ID: %s  Connects: %-10ld                Password: %sYESNODefault Last Date: %-10.10s                  VT-102: %s    Prefix: %-12.12s              COM Port: %s    Suffix: %-12.12s             Baud Rate: %s BS Destr.: %-8.8s                 Data Bits: %s BS Delete: %-8.8s                    Parity: %sLocal Echo: %-8.8s                 Stop Bits: %sRTS/CTSXON/XOFFNone Use Modem: %-8.8s              Flow Control: %s Baud Lock: %-12.12s             Add CR/LF: %s     Notes: %sOutputting Dialing Directory ReportOne moment please...Dialing directory entry written to disk%hd dialing directory entries written to diskUnable to output dialing directory report                                          Baud   COM         Last   ModHost Name            Host Phone Number    Rate  Val # Calls  Call    ? Direc.===============================================================================%-20.20s %-19.19s %6.6s %s %c %5ld %s %c %-8.8s                     %-19.19sPrinting Dialing Directory ReportOne moment please...Dialing directory entry was printed%hd dialing directory entries were printedUnable to print dialing directory reportCannot create dialing directory Postscript temporary fileFormatting Postscript output of Dialing Directory reportOne moment please...Unable to create Postscript dialing directory report fileDialing directory entry was printed%hd dialing directory entries were printedEnter text to search for:Searching Dialing DirectoryOne moment please...Text Not Found!Text Not Found in Dialing Directory

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Couldn't build Dialing Directory Create dialogCouldn't build Dialing Directory Create Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Create New Dialing Directory FileCreating a New Dialing Directory File

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elp~~F~~ilename~~T~~otal EntriesEntering a Filename for the Dialing Directory

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Overwrite dialing directory file %s?Creating dialing directory %sOne moment please...Cannot write directory record to fileCreate dialing directory file %s?Num  ──────System Name─────── ──────Phone Number───── ─Directory──%3hd: %-24.24s %23.23s %-12.12sNum  ──────System Name───── Port ─Baud─ D P S CT L ──Flow──%3hd: %-22.22s ──── ────── ─ ─ ─ ── ─ ────────%3hd: %-22.22s COM%hd %6ld %hd %c %hd %-2.2s %c %-8.8sNum  ──────System Name─────── ────────────────Notes───────────────%3hd: %-24.24s %-36.36sNum  ──────System Name─────── LastCall Total# Emulat E C BD BK P S%3hd: %-24.24s %-8.8s %6ld %-6.6s %c %c %c  %-2.2s %c %cNum  ────System Name──── ───Phone 1─── ───Phone 2─── ───Phone 3───%3hd: %-19.19s %13.13s %13.13s %13.13sNum  ──────System Name─────── ───────User-ID────── ───Password────%3hd: %-24.24s %-20.20s %-15.15sANSIVT-102Dialing directory file %s does not existToo few entries in dialing directory fileLoad which dialing directory file?Copy entry to what Directory file?Copy %d entries to what Directory file?Copy entire Directory to what file?Merge Directory entry(ies) into file %s?Can't open file %sCopying Directory Entry to file %sCopying %d Directory entries to file %sCopying Directory to file %sMerging Directory entry to file %sMerging %d Directory entries to file %sMerging Directory into file %sMerging Complete - %hd entry(ies) written to file %sFile %s isn't a dialing directory.  Overwrite it?Merge blank records too?Dialing directory %s is full - only %hd entry(ies) mergedYou must select at least one entry to dialCannot find a highlighted system to dialCycling to next system/number...Entry removed from list.  Cycling...VT102/RIPCouldn't create Manual Dialing dialogCouldn't create Manual Dialing Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elp~~P~~hone Number~~D~~irectoryEntering a Phone Number for Manual Dialing

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Entering a System Directory for Manual Dialing

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Enter a directory for system iconsEnter a Directory for System Icons

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Cannot Print - no printer currently defined

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Cannot do a screen dump - you don't have a graphics printerCannot do a screen dump - you don't have a graphics printer

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Feature not available - Registered version onlyRequested feature not available - HOW TO REGISTER

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Establishing print screen interrupt handlerRestoring print screen interrupt handlerVT-102 emulation enabledVT-102 emulation disabledMouse Field Select enabledMouse Field Select disabledMove Files To Their Correct DirectoriesPRODNAME needs files to be in certain directories to be able to usethem.  Files in the selected categories were found in the wrongdirectory.  If a category is greyed-out, no files in were found.To move all files, click MOVE ALL FILES.  SKIP ALL FILES moves nothing.To move just selected files, click the MOVE SELECTED FILES button below.To skip moving a category of file, uncheck the box by that category.These files need to be moved into the ICONS directory.These files need to be moved into the FONTS directory.To prompt for each file individually, click on PROMPT FOR EACH FILE.~~I~~con Files (BMP, ICN, etc.)I~~m~~age Files (JPG)~~S~~ound Files (WAV)~~R~~IPscrip Files (RIP)~~F~~ont Files (CHR, FF1, FNT)~~P~~rompt for each file in the selected categories individuallyMo~~v~~e All FilesS~~k~~ip All FilesM~~o~~ve Selected Files~~H~~elpCouldn't create Move File dialogCouldn't create Move File Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
▒▒▒ 2.1.4 ■ Move Files To Their Correct Directories ▒▒▒

PRODNAME is accompanied by a number of icon files.  They must be located in
the ICONS\ directory under the PRODNAME directory (for example:
C:\CAPNAME\ICONS) for PRODNAME (and the remote host system) to be able to
use them.  When you install PRODNAME, a ICONS\ sub-directory is created
under the CAPNAME directory.

PRODNAME will try to sense if the icons are easily locatable, and if so,
prompt you to move them to the correct location when you run PRODNAME.
There are other categories of files that must also be in the ICONS
sub-directory for PRODNAME to be able to use them:

    File Category                   File Extension
    ------------------------------  ----------------
    RIPscrip v1.x Icon Files        .ICN  .MSK  .HOT
    RIPscrip v2.x Icon Files        .BMP  .BMM  .BMH
    Image Files                     .JPG
    Sound Files                     .WAV
    RIPscrip Files                  .RIP
There are also font files that are included with PRODNAME.  Like icons,
they too need to be located in their own sub-directory.  All font files
end in a .CHR, .FNT, or .FF1 file extension, and should be located in the
FONTS sub-directory (for example: C:\CAPNAME\FONTS).
If you run PRODNAME with fonts or icons in the PRODNAME directory, you are
prompted to have PRODNAME move them to the proper directory.  If you
instruct PRODNAME not to move the files, you will receive the message about
files being in the wrong place every time you start-up PRODNAME until the
problem is taken care of.
You have a number of options for moving just certain categories of files,
to be prompted for each file before moving it, or to not have any files
moved at all.
 ~ More Information ~2089
▒▒▒ 2.1.4 ■ Move Files To Their Correct Directories ▒▒▒
NOTE: A host system can have its own ICONS directory containing any of the
      file type listed as valid for an ICONS directory.  See Section 5.2 ■
      The Dialing Directory for details on how to set this up.

      All font files must be in the FONTS directory.  PRODNAME does NOT scan
      the host system directories for font files, and ask to move them.

┌─────────────────────┐
│    Move All Files   │
└─────────────────────┘
Clicking on MOVE ALL FILES does as it says -- it moves all files into the
correct directory.  If PROMPT FOR EACH FILE is checked, then you will be
asked for each file if you want to have it moved.

┌─────────────────────┐
│    Skip All Files   │
└─────────────────────┘
Clicking on SKIP ALL FILES does nothing to the files.  But remember, you
will be nagged every time you start-up PRODNAME to move the files -- until
you do something about it.

┌─────────────────────┐
│ Move Selected Files │
└─────────────────────┘
If a file category is grayed out, then no files of that type were found to
be moved.  You may select or de-select any of the active categories by
clicking on the check mark in front of the category.  Clicking on the MOVE
SELECTED FILES button will move just the files in the categories selected.
Checking if any Icons or Fonts need to be movedMove the file %s to the %s directory?Moving FilesMoving What:Icon Files (BMP, BMH, BMM, ICN, HIC & MSK)Image Files (JPG)Sound Files (WAV)RIPscrip Files (RIP)Font Files (CHR, FF1 and FNT)Directory:Filename:Dialing directory entry %hd doesn't exist.  Can't auto-dial.▒▒▒ 2.0.1 ■ Important Information - Mouse Config and Performance ▒▒▒
The right mouse button brings up the menu bar in PRODNAME.  You can use the
keyboard too, but using the right mouse button is far easier.
Complications may arise currently if you have a SERIAL mouse installed.
If you get garbage on the screen when you move the mouse, then there is a
conflict with the MODEM port and the MOUSE port.  Try deleting the file
CAPNAME.CNF (PRODNAME's configuration file) and restarting PRODNAME.  Once
inside PRODNAME, select Modem Setup from the Setup menu and verify that
your settings are correct for your PC's configuration.
See ~Appendix A ■ Section A.1 ■ Mouse Doesn't Work~2105 for more information and
solutions on this issue.

PRODNAME version VERMAJOR implements cutting-edge technology, and sometimes may
push your system to try to do more than it can.  If you are having
problems playing sounds or with losing characters, see ~Appendix A ■ Section~2110
~A.4 ■ Performance Issues~2110 for more information and troubleshooting hints.


             ~ Appendix A ■ Troubleshooting/Problems ~2104

             ~ A.0 ■ RIPtech - COM/Mouse Diagnostic  ~2344

             ~ TITLE Tutorial ~2627
▒▒▒ 2.0.2 ■ Using PRODNAME Without a Mouse ▒▒▒
Using the menus:

   You can navigate through PRODNAME without the use of a mouse.  Each menu
   and dialog box item has an associated hotkey.  The character for
   selecting that item is highlighted in yellow.  To bring up just the menu
   bar, type Alt-1 (hold down the Alt key and press the 1 key).
Using dialog boxes:

   While in a dialog box, you can use Alt + the highlighted letter to
   select that option, or you can use Tab and Shift-Tab to go
   forwards/backwards through each dialog item.
Using the Session Screen:

   PRODNAME also supports the use of the TAB and SHIFT-TAB keys to jump from
   mouse field to mouse field.  When you are on the Mouse Field you wish to
   select, press ENTER to select it.  Press ESC to get out of Mouse Field
   Select mode.  The use of TAB and SHIFT-TAB can be disabled by
   de-selecting Mouse Field Select from the Options menu, or by pressing
   Ctrl-Alt-O.

   Many of the clickable buttons on a RIPscrip screen use hot keys, meaning
   that by pressing just one key on the keyboard, it behaves EXACTLY the
   same as if you had clicked on that button with a mouse.  A hotkey will
   have one character underlined, or in a different color, or both!  Press
   that character to activate that button.

   See Section 3.4 ■ Options Menu for more information on the Button
   Hotkeys and Mouse Field Select options.
▒▒▒ Appendix A ■ Troubleshooting/Problems ▒▒▒
Modem communications is not a simple thing.  There are many different
technical factors that can affect PRODNAME, making it work erratically, or
unreliably.  This section is intended to try to help you figure out what's
wrong and get yourself up and running as quickly as possible.
Check through the remainder of this section to see if the particular
problem you're having is addressed.  If you are having some sort of
difficulty not covered below (or the instructions that follow do not
resolve the problem), contact the COMPANY Technical Support department
as noted in Appendix C.

               ~   A.0 ■ RIPtech - COM/Mouse Diagnostic   ~2344

~A.1   ■ Mouse Doesn't Work                                              ~2105
~A.1.1 ■ "Bus" Mouse Doesn't Work                                        ~2106
~A.1.2 ■ "Serial" Mouse Doesn't Work                                     ~2107
~A.2   ■ Modem Isn't Responding                                          ~2108
~A.3   ■ Noisy Telephone Connections                                     ~2109
~A.4   ■ Performance Issues                                              ~2110
~A.4.0 ■ Symptoms of a Performance Problem                               ~2111
~A.4.1 ■ Solutions to Data Receive Performance Issues                    ~2112
~A.4.2 ■ Solutions to Sound Playback Performance Issues                  ~2113
~A.4.3 ■ Solutions to Video Display Performance Issues                   ~2114
~A.5   ■ Common Configuration Problems                                   ~2115
~A.5.1 ■ I Can't See What I Type                                         ~2116
~A.5.2 ■ Every Line of Text Lays on Top of the Last                      ~2117
~A.5.3 ■ My File Transfers Fail Immediately                              ~2118
~A.5.4 ■ My Modem is Always On-Line (Resuming Previous On-line Session)  ~2119
~A.5.5 ■ PRODNAME always says "Hang up failed" when I try to hang up.     ~2120
~A.5.6 ■ I get the message "CTS is not enabled. Disabling RTS/CTS".      ~2121
~A.5.7 ■ I can connect with some BBS's but not others.                   ~2122
~A.5.8 ■ PRODNAME locks up when I start up or seems to be stuck in a loop.~2123
▒▒▒ A.1 ■ Mouse Doesn't Work ▒▒▒
There are a number of potential conflicts that can cause the mouse to not
work correctly.  The most common ones are listed here.

~A.1   ■ Mouse Doesn't Work          ~2105
~A.1.1 ■ "Bus" Mouse Doesn't Work    ~2106
~A.1.2 ■ "Serial" Mouse Doesn't Work ~2107
▒▒▒ A.1.1 ■ "Bus" Mouse Doesn't Work ▒▒▒
Make sure your mouse driver is loaded before you run PRODNAME.  Without a
mouse driver loaded, PRODNAME will not be able to use your mouse.  Refer to
the manual that came with your mouse under the section "Installation" or
"Software Installation".
Most mouse drivers come in two flavors, a .SYS file, or a TSR program
ending in a .COM file extension.  A .SYS file must be loaded into your
C:\CONFIG.SYS file as any other device driver.
An example of loading your MOUSE.SYS driver would be as follows:

    CONFIG.SYS file:

        FILES=40
        BUFFERS=40
        DEVICE=C:\MOUSE\MOUSE.SYS
If your mouse came only with a MOUSE.COM driver, then you must edit your
C:\AUTOEXEC.BAT file and add a line calling mouse driver so that it can be
loaded into memory each time your system boots up.  Add a line similar to
the one that follows:

    AUTOEXEC.BAT file:

        PATH=C:\;C:\DOS;C:\MOUSE
        PROMPT $P$G
        MOUSE
Configurations vary - refer to the manual that came with your mouse.
▒▒▒ A.1.2 ■ "Serial" Mouse Doesn't Work ▒▒▒
If you are using a serial mouse, and it is not responding, you might be
experiencing a "conflict" between your modem serial port, and your mouse
serial port.  Under most circumstances, a conflict like this will NOT
arise in normal applications programs that don't use both a mouse and a
modem simultaneously.
Below you should find a list of correct and conflicting modem/mouse
configurations.

    CORRECT COMBINATIONS        CONFLICTING COMBINATIONS
    -----------------------     ------------------------
    Modem=COM1 / Mouse=COM2     Modem=COM1 / Mouse=COM3
    Modem=COM1 / Mouse=COM4     Modem=COM2 / Mouse=COM4
    Modem=COM2 / Mouse=COM1     Modem=COM3 / Mouse=COM1
    Modem=COM2 / Mouse=COM3     Modem=COM4 / Mouse=COM2
    Modem=COM3 / Mouse=COM2
    Modem=COM3 / Mouse=COM4     Rule of Thumb: If the mouse and modem ports
    Modem=COM4 / Mouse=COM1         are both odd or both even, you are
    Modem=COM4 / Mouse=COM3         likely to have a conflicting combo.
If you are knowledgeable about IBM-PC hardware, and how to install add-on
cards, you may be able to circumvent the above recommended port
combinations.  To do this will require removing the PC cover and changing
the interrupt (IRQ) setting of either the modem serial port, or the mouse
serial port (if possible).  In order to get both the mouse and the modem
operating properly, the two serial ports must use different IRQ settings!
If none of this makes sense to you, we would recommend sticking to the
above recommended layouts.
▒▒▒ A.2 ■ Modem Isn't Responding ▒▒▒
If you have a serial mouse, you may be experiencing a conflict between
your mouse and your modem.  A serial mouse can be identified if it plugs
into one of your IBM-PC communications ports COM1 through COM4.  Not all
systems have 4 COM ports, so your system may be somewhat different.  A
serial mouse typically has a 25-pin connector shaped like an elongated
"D".  Another type of serial mouse has a 9-pin connector also shaped like
a "D".
Check to make sure your modem is plugged in and turned on (if it is an
external modem).  Make sure that the serial cable connecting the modem to
your computer is securely fastened to the proper COM port.
Check your modem settings to make sure they are set correctly.  You may
edit these settings by selecting Modem Setup from the Setup menu.
Things you should check for:

    1.  Make sure it is set for the correct port (COM1 - COM4)

    2.  Make sure the baud rate is set to a speed your modem
        can support (or lower).  Settings for this would be
        300, 1200, 2400, 9600, 19,200 baud.

    3.  If the IRQ and Base Port Address of you modem are non-standard,
        you can change them via Modem Hardware Setup in the Setup Menu.
        The standard settings are:

            Port  IRQ  Addr.
            ----  ---  -----
            COM1   4    3F8
            COM2   3    2F8
            COM3   4    3E8
            COM4   3    2E8
Refer to Section A.1.2 ■ Serial Mouse Doesn't Work to determine if you are
using an incorrect COM port configuration for your serial mouse and modem.
▒▒▒ A.3 ■ Noisy Telephone Connections ▒▒▒
If you get a noisy telephone connection, the graphics that you see might
become garbled in some fashion, and/or text appearing in the Text Window
may have garbage characters in it.  Since PRODNAME does more than simply
display pictures on the screen, this can disturb underlying (invisible)
operations as well.
Solutions:

    Hang-up and try calling again.  Often times, this can resolve the
    problem.

    Make sure your phone lines are not running near a device that
    generates an electrical field, such as a monitor, TV, radio,
    flourescent lights, incandescent lights, computer power supply, or
    electro-hydraulic bucking bronco.  The field diminishes exponentially
    with distance.  For example, a microwave oven generates a magnetic and
    electrical field of 750 to 2000 milliGauss (mG) at 1.2 inches, 40 to
    80 mG at 12 inches, and 3 to 8 mG at 39 inches (source: Southern
    California Edison).  For those familiar with the Richter Scale, used
    for measuring earthquakes, the strength of the earthquake goes down
    exponentially with the distance from the epicenter.

    If you are experiencing adverse weather conditions (high winds, rain,
    hurricanes, being sucked into a black hole), or there is such a
    problem in between where you are and where you're calling (you're in
    Louisiana, and you're calling New Mexico, and there is a black hole,
    er, hurricane over Texas) it will often affect line quality.

    Long distance connections are typically the noisiest connections,
    especially internationally.  Sometimes changing long distance carriers
    will clear up the problem.  You can manually select a different long
    distance carrier by dialing the prefix for that carrier.  For example,
    to get AT&T service, you would dial 10288# before dialing the phone
    number.  Usually your local phone company will just bill this carrier
    on your monthly phone bill without any special arrangements.

    Use of an error-correcting modem, such as those supporting MNP2-4 or
    better yet v.42 (provided the host you are calling support it), will
    get rid of the SYMPTOMS of the problem, but you will still experience
    slower transmissions because the modems are having to resend data
    because of errors.
▒▒▒ A.4 ■ Performance Issues ▒▒▒
There are some performance issues in doing sound and communications at the
same time.  The capacity of your computer to move data around internally
is pushed to its limit.  The most reliable setup is to have a 16550 serial
controller chip in your computer.  To see if your system has a 16550 chip,
select Debug Info: Comm Port from the Debug menu.  In the third line
listed in the middle is the phrase "Is16550:" followed by either a "Y" if
you have a 16550, or a "N" if you have a 16450 or 8250 serial chip.

~A.4.0 ■ Symptoms of a Performance Problem                               ~2111
~A.4.1 ■ Solutions to Data Receive Performance Issues                    ~2112
~A.4.2 ■ Solutions to Sound Playback Performance Issues                  ~2113
~A.4.3 ■ Solutions to Video Display Performance Issues                   ~2114
▒▒▒ A.4.0 ■ Symptoms of a Performance Problem: ▒▒▒
If you are having any of the following problems, it could be a symptom of
a performance problem:

    ■ Dropped characters - text received is missing letters.

    ■ Visual graphics screwups - you can see something is not right. Lines
      shooting off to weird locations on the screen, RIPscrip commands
      appearing in the text windows (things like: !|1K|*|w13441232).

    ■ Interruptions in sound playback - it sounds like a CD player
      skipping or pausing briefly during playback.

    ■ Video display is not very fast, or scrolling is slow.
▒▒▒ A.4.1 ■ Solutions to Data Receive Performance Issues: ▒▒▒
If you are using a modem faster than 2400 baud, you should make sure that
RTS/CTS Flow Control is enabled, and Pork Lock is turned on.  You may have
to reconfigure your modem to work with RTS/CTS and Port Lock, but most
come preconfigured for this setup.  For info on RTS/CTS and Pork Lock, see
Section 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings.
The best solution to dropped characters and visual graphics screwups
(different manifestations of the same problem) is to get a 16550 serial
card.  It is by far the most reliable and effective solution to the
problem.  Unfortunately, many computer manufacturers are too cheap to put
them in the stock system.
Another solution is to reduce your baud rate.  Usually, dropped characters
only appear when your baud rate is set to 38,400 or higher, but this will
vary depending on the speed of your computer.
▒▒▒ A.4.2 ■ Solutions to Sound Playback Performance Issues: ▒▒▒
If you are experiencing interruptions in sound playback, for example, it
sounds like a CD player skipping or pausing briefly during playback, there
are several things you can try:

    ■ Use Mono, not Stereo.  Most sounds transmitted and played back while
      on-line are likely to be Mono anyways, because they are half the
      size of Stereo files.

    ■ Use the 8-Bit setting, not 16-Bit.  Again, most sounds you are
      likely to encounter are going to be 8-Bit because they are half the
      size of 16-Bit files.  PRODNAME will automatically take a 16-Bit
      sound and play it at 8-Bit if necessary.

    ■ Increase the number and size of buffers, especially on a slow CPU or
      hard disk (local or network).

      To do this, you can select Medium or Heavy Buffering.  If these are
      not enough, you can select Custom Buffering, where you can control
      the number of size of the sound buffers.  The first thing to try is
      increasing the number of buffers.  If you get up more than 10
      buffers and you are still having problem, reduce the number of
      buffers slightly, and try increasing the size.  Only as a last
      resort should you try to change the timer counts.  Increasing the
      number of timer counts can adversely affect data transmission over
      the modem.
▒▒▒ A.4.3 ■ Solutions to Video Display Performance Issues: ▒▒▒
VESA mode on some video cards may be slower than the native mode -- so if
a native mode is available, use it!  On some video cards, a memory
resident driver (TSR) needs to be loaded for VESA support to work for that
video card.  The fastest resolution to run at is 640 x 480, because less
memory is being addressed.  Scrolling especially is affected by the
resolution.  Most video cards also run faster in 256 color mode than in 16
color mode, usually because of the hardware design.
Accelerated graphics cards, such as those with the S3 chip, are
recommended. They will dramatically speed up the display of the graphics.
Also, system with local bus video can make a big difference in display
speed.
▒▒▒ A.5 ■ Common Configuration Problems ▒▒▒
These common problems are easily resolved, and frequently baffle PRODNAME users.
This is a compilation from our technical support staff on questions they
frequently get.

~A.5.1 ■ I Can't See What I Type                                         ~2116
~A.5.2 ■ Every Line of Text Lays on Top of the Last                      ~2117
~A.5.3 ■ My File Transfers Fail Immediately                              ~2118
~A.5.4 ■ My Modem is Always On-Line (Resuming Previous On-line Session)  ~2119
~A.5.5 ■ PRODNAME always says "Hang up failed" when I try to hang up.     ~2120
~A.5.6 ■ I get the message "CTS is not enabled. Disabling RTS/CTS".      ~2121
~A.5.7 ■ I can connect with some BBS's but not others.                   ~2122
~A.5.8 ■ PRODNAME locks up when I start up or seems to be stuck in a loop.~2123
▒▒▒ A.5.1 ■ I Can't See What I Type ▒▒▒
If you are NOT connected:

    ■ You may be configured for the wrong COM port -- see Appendix A.2.

    ■ You might have a Serial Port interrupt conflict -- see Appendix A.2.
If you are connected:

    ■ If you can see text from the other system, you may need to enable
      Local Echo in your Modem Setup dialog.  See Section 4.6.3 ■ Modem
      General Settings.

    ■ If you see nothing after connecting, this is the classic symptom
      of an interrupt conflict -- see Appendix A.2.

    ■ You may be configured for the wrong baud rate.
▒▒▒ A.5.2 ■ Every Line of Text Lays on Top of the Last ▒▒▒
If every line of text received from the host lays on top of the previous
line of text transmitted, you need to enable Add CR/LF in your Modem Setup
dialog.  See Section 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings.
▒▒▒ A.5.3 ■ My File Transfers Fail Immediately ▒▒▒
There are two possible solutions:

    ■ The usual source of this problem is an invalid download directory.
      Usually, the directory does not exist, or it was misspelled.  Try
      removing the download directory you have entered, and leave the
      field blank.  Try your download again.  If it works, you found the
      problem.

    ■ You are out of disk space.  Select System Information from the
      System Menu, or type Ctrl-Alt-I to see how much disk space you have
      available.

      NOTE: This shows the space available on the disk PRODNAME is running
            on.  If your download directory is on another disk, you must
            Jump to DOS to see how much space is available on that disk.
▒ A.5.4 ■ My Modem is Always On-Line (Resuming Previous On-line Session) ▒
Your modem and your modem cable must support the Carrier Detect (CD)
signal.  This is how PRODNAME determines if you are online or offline.  The
modem can be configured for CD ON with connection, CD OFF when offline by
sending these commands to the modem.
From the session screen in PRODNAME, type:

    ATZ         and press ENTER.  Wait for the "OK".
    AT&C1       and press ENTER.  Wait for the "OK".
    AT&W        and press ENTER.  Wait for the "OK".
If you don't get an OK after a step, STOP.  Check your modem's
documentation to see if it supports Carrier Detect and if &C1 is the
correct command for your modem.  It is standard for most modems.
If your modem does not have a permanent configuration area (CMOS), then &W
will give you an error.  If this is the case, then you will have to put
the &C1 in your Modem Init String in the Modem Setup dialog.
▒▒▒ A.5.5 ■ PRODNAME always says "Hang up failed" when I try to hang up. ▒▒▒
Make sure your modem is set up for DTR Hangup.  From the Session screen,
when only the Status Bar is visible, type AT &D2 <ENTER>.  Now try hanging
up.  If your hang up didn't fail, type AT &D2 &W <ENTER>.  If the modem
returns OK, it saved it to it's memory.  If the modem returns ERROR, go to
the Modem Setup and make sure &D2 is in your Modem Init String, and save
the setup.  If your modem does not support DTR hangup, make sure that in
Modem Setup the box by DTR hangup is not checked, and save setup.
▒▒▒ A.5.6 ■ I get the message "CTS is not enabled. Disabling RTS/CTS". ▒▒▒
Make sure your modem is hooked up.  Make sure your modem is set up to
support RTS/CTS flow control.  From the Session screen, when only the
Status Bar is visible, type AT &R2 <ENTER>.  If the modem returns OK, type
AT &R2 &W.  If the modem now returns OK it is saved in it's memory.  If it
returns ERROR, go into Modem Setup and make sure &R2 is in your Modem Init
String, and save the setup.  If your modem returned ERROR when you typed
AT &R2 the first time, then go to Modem Setup and make sure the box by
RTS/CTS flow control is not checked.
▒▒▒ A.5.7 ■ I can connect with some BBS's but not others. ▒▒▒
You need to turn off error correction for some older modems.  To do this,
select the Setup menu and select Modem Prefixes/Suffixes. Make one prefix
"AT &M0 DT" this is for connecting with old modems without error
correction.  Make another prefix "AT &M1 DT", this one is for calling
modems with error correction.  Now go through your Dialing Directory and
set the proper prefix for each BBS you call, and save the setup.
▒ A.5.8 ■ PRODNAME locks up when I start up or seems to be stuck in a loop ▒
Delete CAPNAME.CNF file located in the same directory as PRODNAME.  Most
likely the setup information is wrong.  Deleting this file makes PRODNAME
ask you for new setup information.
▒▒▒ Appendix C ■ COMPANY Technical Support ▒▒▒

COMPANY has a new phone number just for Technical Support.  This will
help those that need assistance from getting mixed in with the calls for
the business office.
Before calling for support, please use the Troubleshooting Guide in
Appendix A to see if your question is discussed.  COMPANY has found that
most of the questions are on the same issues, and we have documented them
here for your convenience and to save you (and us) time.  You can also
download the latest technical bulletins from COMPANY's BBS
(BBSNAME) at the number listed below.

PRODNAME vPRODVER comes with 30 days unlimited technical support
from your date of purchase.  After this time has expired, you will fall
under our new paid Technical Support plan.  There will be options for
paying as you go, 900 number technical support access, and yearly support
contracts that can optionally include software updates.  Contact
COMPANY for information on this program.  We expect it will be in
place in March 1995.
This program is as bug-free as possible.  However, there are most
likely some bugs that have not been discovered.  If you find any,
please report them to COMPANY at the following address:

  ┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
  │COMPANY:*68│
  │ADDR1:*68│
  │ADDR2:*68│
  │                                                                    │
  │  Technical Supprot .. SUPPORTNUM:15     Fax ... FAXNUM:17│
  │  Main Office ........ VOICENUM:15     BBS ... BBSNUM:17│
  │                                                                    │
  │                          Internet Address                          │
  │EMAILADDR:*68│
  └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

           ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
          ┌┴───────────────────────────────────────────────────┴┐
          │                                                     │
          │                       Authors:                      │
          │PRODNAME:*53│
          │                                                     │
          │      Jeff Reeder    Mark Hayton    Jim Bergman      │
          │                                                     │
          │        ─────────────────────────────────────        │
          │                                                     │
          │              The authors wish to thank              │
          │        these people for their contributions:        │
          │                                                     │
          │           Pat Clawson      Craig Erdtsieck          │
          │         Wendy Erdtsieck    Chuck Schroeder          │
          │                                                     │
          │    ... and the many others that have worked with    │
          │    us (and for us) over the last few years  It's    │
          │      been a long journey, and we hope that you      │
          │        will enjoy all the new features their        │
          │          contributions have made possible.          │
          │                                                     │
          │      TeleGrafix would also like to thank their      │
          │        families and friends for their support       │
          │          and encouragement (and for putting         │
          │           up with us!) during this effort.          │
          │                                                     │
          │           We couldn't have crawled across           │
          │            the finish line without you!             │
          │                                                     │
          └┬───────────────────────────────────────────────────┬┘
           └───────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
▒▒▒ 3.0 ■ Pull-Down Menus ▒▒▒
To activate the pull-down menus, press and hold down the right mouse
button.  The menu bar appears at the top of the screen.  Move the mouse
pointer to any of these items and a list of menu options will appear below
the menu bar.  At this point, move the mouse down into this list of items
and as you move over different items, they will be selected.  To select
any given item, release the right mouse button while the desired option is
highlighted.  You can also click the right mouse button just to bring up
the menu bar, and then use either mouse button or the arrow keys to select
the menu you want and the options in it.
You may access the pull-down menus without the mouse by pressing Alt-1
(hold down the Alt key and press the 1 key).  You can also access specific
menus by pressing the Alt key + the first letter of the menu name (except
the Debug menu, which is Alt-U).  When a menu is selected, the menu bar
will appear with the first item in that menu selected.  Use the RIGHT
and LEFT arrow keys to move from menu to menu, and use the UP and DOWN
arrow keys to select from the options in that menu.  The HOME and END keys
work as you would expect them to, moving to the top and bottom of the
menu.  In the menus, one letter is highlighted in yellow.  You can press
this letter to jump to that menu option and select it -- all in one step.
Pressing ESC with a menu displayed will remove the list of menu options,
and return you to the menu bar only.  Pressing ESC again will exit the
menu bar and return you to your PRODNAME session.  You can also click the
right mouse button anywhere NOT on the menu to exit the menu bar.
See Section 2.0.2 ■ Using PRODNAME Without a Mouse for additional info.
Most menu options have hotkeys.  Hotkeys are keyboard short cuts for menu
options, so that you do not have to use the menus.  Menu hotkeys are shown
in the menu, to the right of the menu option it corresponds to.  For
example, in the System menu shown below, the menu hotkey for System
Information is Ctrl-Alt-I (hold down the Control & Alt keys, and press I).

                              ~ The Menu Bar ~2127
▒▒▒ 3.0 ■ Pull-Down Menus ▒▒▒

  ┌───┬──────┬─────────┬─────────┬───────┬───────┬────────────────────┐
  │~ ≡ ~2133│~ File ~2149│~ Connect ~2195│~ Options ~2214│~ Setup ~2270│~ Debug ~2301│                    │
  └───┴──────┴─────────┴─────────┴───────┴───────┴────────────────────┘

                          ~ How to use the menus ~2126
~~F~~ile~~C~~onnect~~O~~ptions~~S~~etupDeb~~u~~g▒▒▒ 3.1 ■ The System Menu ▒▒▒

    ┌───┐
    │~ ≡ ~2127│
    ├───┴─────────────────────────────────┐
    │~ About PRODNAME                       ~2136│
    ├─────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ License Information                 ~2139│
    │~ System Information       Ctrl-Alt-I ~2142│
    ├─────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Help Table of Contents        Alt-Z ~2145│
    │~ Help on Menus            Ctrl-Alt-H ~2148│
    └─────────────────────────────────────┘
~~A~~bout TITLE▒▒▒ 3.1 ■ The System Menu ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ About PRODNAME                       │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
This option displays a dialog displaying the version, date, and copyright
information for PRODNAME, as well as the address and phone number of
MFGNAME
~~L~~icense Information▒▒▒ 3.1 ■ The System Menu ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ License Information                 │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
This option displays PRODNAME's serial number and the name of the user to
whom it is registered.
~~S~~ystem InformationCtrl-Alt-I▒▒▒ 3.1 ■ The System Menu ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ System Information       Ctrl-Alt-I │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
This option will display the amount of available memory as well as the
amount of disk space free on the hard disk PRODNAME is installed on.
~~H~~elp Table of ContentsAlt-Z▒▒▒ 3.1 ■ The System Menu ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Help Table of Contents        Alt-Z │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
This option will display the help system's Table of Contents.  From here
you can get help on all the different parts of PRODNAME.
Help on ~~M~~enusCtrl-Alt-H▒▒▒ 3.1 ■ The System Menu ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Help on Menus            Ctrl-Alt-H │
└─────────────────────────────────────┘
This option will allow you to view help information on the menus.  A
window will appear instructing you to select a menu option.  Depress the
right mouse button and pull down the desired menu.  Select an option, and
a help screen will appear for that item.  When finished, press <ESC> to
exit "Menu Help" mode.
▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

    ┌──────┐
    │~ File ~2127│
    ├──────┴─────────────────────────────────┐
    │~ Download (Receive) a File         PgDn ~2152│
    │~ Upload (Send) a File              PgUp ~2155│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Show Local RIPscrip Query   Ctrl-Alt-Q ~2161│
    │~ Show Local RIPscrip File    Ctrl-Alt-R ~2164│
    │~ Show Local Image File       Ctrl-Alt-B ~2167│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Edit External Applications             ~2170│
    │~ Run External Application    Ctrl-Alt-X ~2173│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Log Text to File                 Alt-L ~2176│
    │~ Log Text to Printer              Alt-P ~2179│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Printer Setup               Ctrl-Alt-P ~2182│
    │~ Print Screen              Shift-Ctrl-P ~2188│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Jump to DOS                      Alt-J ~2191│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Exit to DOS                      Alt-X ~2194│
    └────────────────────────────────────────┘
~~D~~ownload (Receive) a FilePgDn▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Download (Receive) a File         PgDn │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
This command downloads (receives) a file from the host to your system.
This is done by using what's called a "file transfer protocol". A protocol
is like a language.  There are a number of languages like French, English,
and Italian. If two people are speaking in different languages, the result
is that no communication occurs.  The same goes for file transfer
protocols.  Both the host and the terminal (PRODNAME) must use the same
protocol if they are to communicate properly.
To download a file, instruct the host which file you want to transfer.
Select a protocol from the menu of available protocols.  When the host
says "Ready to download..." or "Ready to send...", choose the download
option of PRODNAME and SELECT THE SAME PROTOCOL that you chose on the
host.  Some protocols will prompt you to enter the filename to save to
your local hard disk, others know the filename used on the host, and will
use it automatically.  The file transfer will now commence.
When the transfer is complete, you will be returned to the session
screen.  The file will be in your Download Directory, or in your PRODNAME
directory if a Download Directory has not been specified.  If an error
occurred during the transfer, the file will be incomplete or missing
entirely.
See Section 4.9.1 ■ Protocol Transfer Settings for information on setting
your Download Directory.
The currently supported protocols are:

    ASCII Text, CompuServe QuickB+, Kermit,
    Xmodem, Xmodem CRC, Xmodem-1K, Xmodem-1K (G),
    Ymodem (Batch), Ymodem (G), Zmodem
~~U~~pload (Send) a FilePgUp▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Upload (Send) a File              PgUp │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
This command uploads (sends) a file to the host from your system.  This is
done by using what's called a "file transfer protocol". A protocol is like
a language.  There are a number of languages like French, English, and
Italian. If two people are speaking in different languages, the result is
that no communication occurs.  The same goes for file transfer protocols.
Both the host and the terminal (PRODNAME) must use the same protocol if
they are to communicate properly.
To upload a file, instruct the host to upload (receive) a file, and give
the host a filename and whatever other information it may request (file
description, keywords, etc.).  Select a protocol from the menu of
available protocols.  When the host says "Ready to upload..." or "Ready to
receive...", choose the upload option of PRODNAME and SELECT THE SAME
PROTOCOL that you chose on the host.  Enter the name of the file to send
and the file transfer will begin.  You can include a full path to the file
is not in your Upload Directory (or in your PRODNAME directory if an Upload
Directory has not been specified).
When the transfer is done, you will be returned to the session screen and
if there were no errors in transmission, the file will exist on the host.
See Section 4.9.1 ■ Protocol Transfer Settings for information on setting
your Upload Directory.
The currently supported protocols are:

    ASCII Text, CompuServe QuickB+, Kermit,
    Xmodem, Xmodem CRC, Xmodem-1K, Xmodem-1K (G),
    Ymodem (Batch), Ymodem (G), Zmodem
Upload an I~~m~~age FileTransfer: Upload an Image File

        ******************************************
        *** Help on uploading photos goes here ***
        ******************************************
Show Local RIPscrip ~~Q~~ueryCtrl-Alt-Q▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Show Local RIPscrip Query   Ctrl-Alt-Q │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
A RIPscrip query is a way of requesting information from PRODNAME be
displayed, or to have PRODNAME perform an action.  There are a number of
built-in text variables in PRODNAME, as well as the ability to define more
text variables to store text data.
For example, to have PRODNAME display the date and time, the query to enter
would be:

    $DATE$ $TIME$

PRODNAME would display in the text window:

    01/16/95 02:13:30
For information on creating or displaying the built-in and user defined
text variables, see Section 3.4 ■ Options Menu.
For descriptions of the built-in text variables, refer to the RIPscrip
Language Specification.
Show Local ~~R~~IPscrip FileCtrl-Alt-R▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Show Local RIPscrip File    Ctrl-Alt-R │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
RIPscrip files can be transmitted from the host, or they can be stored on
your local hard disk for the host to call up when they need it.  The
advantage of storing the RIP file locally is that it only takes one very
short command to display the file, rather than streaming the data to
PRODNAME every time it needs to be displayed.
This option lets you view a RIPscrip file stored locally on your hard disk.
Just type in the name of the RIP file, and PRODNAME displays it for you.
If you forget to type .RIP at the end, PRODNAME will automatically add it
on for you.  If you just type in the name of a RIP file, PRODNAME looks in
the ICONS directory for the file.  Full path/filenames can be entered for
files residing elsewhere on your system.
Show Local ~~I~~mage FileCtrl-Alt-B▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Show Local Image File       Ctrl-Alt-B │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
This option is for loading a JPG or BMP file from your local hard disk,
and displaying it to the screen.  The image takes up the entire screen,
unless a RIP_IMAGE_STYLE sets up the boundary to fit the image into.
Refer to the RIPscrip v2.0 Language Specification for details on the
RIP_IMAGE_STYLE command.
~~E~~dit External Applications▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Edit External Applications             │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
This option allows you to edit up to ten (10) different configurable
application programs.  The External Applications feature allows you to
"plug-in" programs into PRODNAME to do various things.  From this menu
option, you can edit the configurations of all ten slots.  You may custom
tailor how the programs are run, what slot they are associated with,
whether they should be run 'on' particular files that you download, and
various other settings that may pertain to running external programs.
Refer to Section 5.5 ■ External Applications for more information.
Run External ~~A~~pplicationCtrl-Alt-X▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Run External Application    Ctrl-Alt-X │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
This option allows you to select an external application to run.  When
chosen, the "command line" for the program is processed and if any text
variables are present it will process them to construct a complete
DOS command line.  When all processing on the command line is complete,
PRODNAME will "shell-to-DOS" and run the specified program.
Refer to Section 5.5 ■ External Applications for more information.
Log Text to ~~F~~ileAlt-L▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Log Text to File                 Alt-L │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
A log file captures text transmitted from the host into a text file.
This command can be very powerful on hosts where you want to save data
coming across the modem to a file that you can read offline, at your
leisure.  A log file can be as big as you want, subject to the amount of
disk space available.
To open a log file, select "Log Text to File" from the menu.  You will be
prompted for a filename.  When a log file is open, the menu option "Open
Log File" changes to "Pause/Close Log" and the Status Bar will show the
log file name in the third spot from the left, where the terminal
emulation is normally displayed.
If a log file is currently open, selecting "Pause/Close Log" from the menu
will give you the option to either pause the log, or to close the file.
Pausing "suspends" logging to disk temporarily so that you can do things
without saving them to the log file.  If you are currently paused,
selecting "Pause/Close Log" again will prompt you to either resume or
close the log.
ANSI color codes, RIPscrip commands, and Doorway Emulation commands are
filtered out for your convenience, but you can capture them by enabling
their respective options in File Transfer Setup under the Setup menu.
See Section 4.9.3 ■ Capture Log Settings for details on these options.
If a log file is open, and you choose Exit PRODNAME, it will be closed
automatically.
~~L~~og Text to PrinterAlt-P▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Log Text to Printer              Alt-P │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
By toggling this option ON, your current online session will be echoed to
your local printer.  Any ANSI/ASCII text that is displayed on your screen
will also be sent to your local printer on whatever Printer Port (LPT) you
have configured PRODNAME to use.  If PRODNAME has not been configured for a
printer, then this option will not operate (it will refuse to print). When
this mode is active, you will see a message on the Status Bar saying
"--LPT1--" or whatever port you have configured for your printer.
Printer ~~S~~etupCtrl-Alt-P▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) - Printer Setup ▒▒▒
The Printer Setup system allows you to configure PRODNAME to work
with your printer (if you have one).  PRODNAME supports hundreds
of different types of printers for your convenience.  There are two
basic areas of printer configuration - basic setup and advanced
printer setup.

   BASIC SETUP - Basic printer setup involves setting what kind of
                 printer you have and what port it is connected to.
                 This method of setup allows you to print normal
                 text via the "~Log Text to Printer~2179" option available from
                 the ~File Menu~2149.  This will permit you to show text
                 from your current online session, print your
                 dialing directory and your scrollback buffer.  In
                 addition, this will typically allow you to perform
                 normal graphics screen printing.
ADVANCED SETUP - Advanced printer setup allows you to "fine tune"
                 your printer's graphics printing capabilities.  It
                 also let's you specify exactly what method your
                 computer will communicate with your printer.  These
                 options are generally used during "experimentation"
                 to get your printer settings "just right".
For detailed information about Printer Settings, choose the option
below for the Printer Settings dialog.


                   ~The Printer Settings Dialog~2760
Save ScreenAlt-Shift-BSave Screen to BMP format
This option is only available with "internal" versions of PRODNAME
for MFGNAME use only.
~~P~~rint ScreenAlt-Shift-P▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Print Screen               PrintScreen │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
Print Screen dumps the entire contents of the screen to the printer.  You
must have selected either the Epson, HP LaserJet, or Postscript printer
option.  Print Screen does not work with Plain Text printer mode.
~~J~~ump to DOSAlt-J▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Jump to DOS                      Alt-J │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
The "Jump to DOS" feature allows you to shell out to an MS-DOS command
line while remaining in PRODNAME.  You would use this if you wanted to
obtain a DOS directory, or to run an editor, or use DOS in general.  To
return to PRODNAME from the DOS command line, type "EXIT".

PRODNAME will display a special DOS prompt indicating that are currently
running PRODNAME, but executing a DOS shell.  You may use any disk drive
you want, or change directories.  When you type "EXIT", PRODNAME will
return to your default PRODNAME directory so that it can re-load files for
you.  When you return to your PRODNAME session, the current session screen
is restored as well as any mouse fields, or other parameters.
See Section 5.5 ■ External Applications for more details about the DOS
Shell feature.
E~~x~~it to DOSAlt-X▒▒▒ 3.2 ■ The File Menu (Alt-F) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Exit to DOS                      Alt-X │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
This exits PRODNAME and returns you to DOS.  If your modem configuration is
set to "modem dialing", and you are currently online, a dialog box will
appear asking if you wish to hang-up before exiting.  If you choose NO at
this prompt, you will remain online even after you have exited to DOS.
Use this option with caution, since if you forget that you are online, you
could charge up a huge phone bill.
▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

    ┌─────────┐
    │~ Connect ~2127│
    ├─────────┴─────────────────────┐
    │~ Dialing Directory       Alt-D ~2198│
    ├───────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Manual Connect          Alt-M ~2201│
    │~ Disconnect (Hang Up)    Alt-H ~2204│
    ├───────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Initialize Modem        Alt-I ~2207│
    │~ Modem Auto-Answer       Alt-A ~2210│
    ├───────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Send Break           Ctrl-END ~2213│
    └───────────────────────────────┘
The Connect Menu contains the options that handle all the connections the
the outside world.  From this menu you can make the modem dial-out to
other systems, disconnect, and otherwise control your online sessions.
~~D~~ialing DirectoryAlt-D▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ Dialing Directory       Alt-D │
└───────────────────────────────┘
This option displays the current dialing directory on your screen.  From
this dialog box, you may dial, edit or otherwise manipulate any of the
dialing directory entries in any way you wish.
To dial a system, click on it's name in the list, and click the Dial
button at the bottom of the dialog box.
To learn how to edit or add entries, or for info on any of the other
options available, refer to Section 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory.
~~M~~anual ConnectAlt-M▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ Manual Connect          Alt-M │
└───────────────────────────────┘
This command is for accessing a system without the need to add it to your
Dialing Directory.  This is useful for a system that you are going to call
just once, or a system you don't know if you will ever want to call again.
You are prompted you to enter the Phone Number to dial, and the name
of the System Directory to use for icons and any other files the host
needs while you're connected (if any).
You may enter any digits from 0-9 for the Phone Number.  Hyphens, slashes,
and parenthesis are ignored.  If you need to obtain a delay in dialing the
phone number, you can use a comma (,) for a 2 second pause (depending on
your modem), or you can use a tilde to tell PRODNAME to insert a 1/2
second delay.
For the icon directory, enter the name of the directory that contains the
icons this system may need, or a directory that you use for temporary
files.  If you never call this system again, you won't want to keep its
icons hanging around on your hard disk taking up space.

┌────┐
│ OK │
└────┘
After entering the phone number and clicking OK, the Dialing Window will
appear showing you the progress of PRODNAME as it dials the modem.  See
Section 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window for details on this operation.
Disconnect (~~H~~ang Up)Alt-H▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ Disconnect (Hang Up)    Alt-H │
└───────────────────────────────┘
This option will attempt to disconnect the modem, thus logging you off of
whatever host you are connected to.
If for some reason, PRODNAME was unable to successfully disconnect the
modem, the message "Hang-up Failed" will be displayed and your system will
beep to indicate a problem has occurred.
There are two methods PRODNAME can use to disconnect the modem.  The
fastest and most reliable method is to use one of the connections between
your computer and modem called DTR (Data Terminal Ready).  PRODNAME will
toggle DTR to off, and the modem knows to hang up when this happens --
usually.  Some modems have to be reconfigured to do this, some modems (old
ones) can't do it, and sometimes the cable connecting your computer and
modem doesn't have DTR connected (get a new cable).  DTR Hangup can be
turned on in Modem Setup in the Setup menu.
If DTR Hangup is disabled, then PRODNAME will use the Modem Hangup string
in the Modem Setup dialog box.  This is a slower, and not as reliable
method of hanging up the modem.  It sends a modem command mode break-in
sequence (usually +++), followed by the rest of the hang-up string.
See Section 4.6 ■ Modem Setup for more details on these settings.
~~I~~nitialize ModemAlt-I▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ Initialize Modem        Alt-I │
└───────────────────────────────┘
Choosing this option resets the modem by sending the Modem Initialization
string to the modem.  This will effectively reset the modem to the
configured default settings.
Note: THIS ONLY WORKS IF THE MODEM IS OFFLINE.  If you are connected to
      a host system, you must first disconnect before initializing the
      modem.  Otherwise, your Modem Init string gets transmitted to the
      remote system.
The commands sent to the modem can be altered by changing the Modem Init
string in Modem Setup, located in the Setup menu.
See Section 4.6 ■ Modem Setup for more details on these settings.

Modem ~~A~~uto-AnswerAlt-A▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ Modem Auto-Answer       Alt-A │
└───────────────────────────────┘
This command transmits the Auto-Answer command string to the modem.  This
command instructs the modem to answer the phone after a certain number of
rings (one ring by default).
Note: THIS ONLY WORKS IF THE MODEM IS OFFLINE.  If you are connected to
      a host system, you must first disconnect before setting the modem to
      Auto-Answer.  Otherwise, your Auto-Answer string gets transmitted to
      the remote system.
The command sent to the modem can be altered by selecting Modem Setup from
the Setup menu.  See Section 4.6 ■ Modem Setup for details.
Send ~~B~~reakCtrl-END▒▒▒ 3.3 ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C) ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────┐
│ Send Break           Ctrl-END │
└───────────────────────────────┘
A Break is a special signal that can be sent from your system to the host.
Most hosts simply ignore them, but some use them for aborting operations,
or for various purposes.  PRODNAME will send a break of 250 milliseconds by
default.  A millisecond is 1/1000 of a second, so 250 milliseconds is one
quarter of a second.  The Break Duration can be set in the General Setup.
See Section 4.1 ■ General Setup to change the Break Duration.

▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

    ┌─────────┐
    │~ Options ~2127│
    ├─────────┴──────────────────────────────┐
    │~   View Scrollback Buffer         Alt-B ~2217│
    │~   Keystroke Macro Editor         Alt-K ~2220│
    │~   Chat Mode                      Alt-Y ~2223│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ √ Status Bar                 Alt-SPACE ~2226│
    │~ √ Button Hotkeys            ScrollLock ~2233│
    │~ √ Mouse Field Select        Ctrl-Alt-O ~2236│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ √ ANSI Emulation            Ctrl-Alt-A ~2239│
    │~ √ RIPscrip Emulation        Ctrl-Alt-Z ~2242│
    │~   Doorway Emulation              Alt-= ~2245│
    │~   VT-102 Emulation                     ~2248│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~   Clear the Graphics Window      Alt-G ~2251│
    │~   Clear the Text Window          Alt-T ~2254│
    │~   Reset All Windows              Alt-R ~2257│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~   Create Variable                      ~2260│
    │~   Show Built-In Variables              ~2263│
    │~   Show Database Variables              ~2266│
    ├────────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~   Redraw System Menu         Ctrl-HOME ~2269│
    └────────────────────────────────────────┘

View ~~S~~crollback BufferAlt-B▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ View Scrollback Buffer         Alt-B │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
This option will activate the Scrollback Buffer system.  This allows you
to view previously displayed text information that has come across the
modem.  You may set the scrollback buffer size from 0k to 9999k of memory.
If there is not enough memory available to hold the entire scrollback
buffer, it will automatically use your hard disk to store the oldest info.
Within scrollback, you may choose from the following options:

    OK     - Exit Scrollback to session screen
    Search - looks for a particular word or phrase
    Again  - looks for the next occurrence of the same word or phrase
    Write  - option for saving the screen or the entire buffer
    Print  - prints the content of the Scrollback Buffer
    Clear  - erases the entire Scrollback Buffer
    Help   - this information here
At the bottom of the scrollback screen are buttons for the above commands.
In addition, there is a scroll bar for scrolling up and down, paging up
and down, or moving to the beginning or end of the buffer.
NOTE: The scrollback buffer filters out ANSI color codes and RIPscrip
      commands for an uncluttered text display.

        ~ Click here for a diagram of the Scrollback Buffer Dialog ~2479
~~K~~eystroke Macro EditorAlt-K▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Keystroke Macro Editor         Alt-K │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
Macros are designed to save you typing.  You can define a macro to type
your entire company name followed by ENTER, for example.  By pressing just
one key, you can make PRODNAME type out whatever the macro contains just as
if you had typed it yourself.
This allows you to perform short-cut operations on the host.  PRODNAME's
macro system is easy to use, and very powerful.  You can save your macro
keys to the default macro file (CAPNAME.MAC), or if you need to have
multiple macro configurations, you can save macros to different files.
There are also macro files for VT-102 emulation, and you can have PRODNAME
load a macro file for a particular host (System Macros).
Refer to Section 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor for more information.

~~C~~hat ModeAlt-Y▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Chat Mode                      Alt-Y │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
Chat Mode is designed for when two terminal users connect with each other
directly.  There are several configuration problems that come up in this
situation, and Chat Mode solves these problems.  Typing by each user goes
into separate windows, and the Modem Setup for Local Echo and Add CR/LF
are temporarily enabled so that you can converse conveniently and easily
with the remote user.
Refer to Section 5.6 ■ Chat Mode for more information.

Status ~~B~~arAlt-SPACE▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Status Bar                 Alt-SPACE │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
The Status Bar will be displayed at the bottom of your PRODNAME screen by
default.  When this option is not checked, the Status Bar will not be
displayed and your default (full-screen) text window will be one line
taller.  The Status Bar is used to display the current status of various
aspects of the PRODNAME operation.
You may toggle the Status Bar ON and OFF quickly by pressing ALT-SPACE.
The host might turn the Status Bar ON or OFF for you, using RIPscrip
commands.  If it mysteriously vanishes for some reason, keep in mind that
the host you are connected to probably did it because it needs the extra
line for text or graphics!
The Status Bar has a number of different "fields", displaying information
about PRODNAME current configuration and status.  The fields are:

                         ~ Status Bar Fields ~2227
▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

    ┌──────────────┬──────────────┬──────────┬─────────────────┬
    │~ Alt-Z = Help ~2228│~ Alt-! = Menu ~2228│~ ANSI/RIP ~2228│~ 38400 ■ N81 FDX ~2229│
    └──────────────┴──────────────┴──────────┴─────────────────┴
          (1)              (2)        (3)       (4)    (5) (6)

    ┬──────┬──────────────────┬─────────┐
    │~ COM1 ~2229│~ PRODNAME vPRODVER ~2229│~ Offline ~2230│
    ┴──────┴──────────────────┴─────────┘
      (7)           (8)           (9)

    (1) How to get the Help System Table of Contents

    (2) How to use the keyboard only to bring up the menu bar

    (3) What terminal emulation is in use, or the name of the log
       file if one has been opened, or the LPT port that it being
       printed to.

    (4) The BPS (bits per second) rate.  Sometimes called the baud rate.

    (5) The parity setting, data bits, and stop bits.

    (6) Full-duplex (FDX) or half-duplex (HDX) settings

    (7) The COM port that is currently in use

    (8) The current version number of PRODNAME

    (9) Whether you are "offline", or how long you have been on-line
▒▒▒ 5.1 ■ The Status Bar ▒▒▒
┌──────────────────┐
│ (1) Alt-Z = Help │
└──────────────────┘
This option tells you how to display the Help Table of Contents.  From
there, you can access any area in the Help System quickly and easily.

┌──────────────────┐
│ (2) Alt-! = Menu │
└──────────────────┘
This option tells you how to access the menu bar via the keyboard.  The
menu bar at the top of the screen is highlighted for you.  You may use the
keyboard or the mouse to navigate through the menus and select options.
Remember that you can click the right mouse button to bring up the menu
bar also.

┌─────────────────┐
│ (3) Misc. Field │
└─────────────────┘
This field serves three purposes.
If you are logging your session to a "log file", the filename (without
extension) of the log file will be displayed in here.
If you are not logging your session at all, then this field will display
the phrase "ANSI/RIP", indicating that you are using a RIPscrip compatible
terminal program.
▒▒▒ 5.1 ■ The Status Bar ▒▒▒
┌────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ (4) Baud Rate  (5) Port Config  (6) Duplex │
└────────────────────────────────────────────┘
These fields indicate what the current communications parameters are.
The baud rate (300-115,200 baud) is displayed as well as the data bits
(7 or 8), parity (N = none, E = even, and O = odd), and the stop bits
(1 or 2). If Local Echo is enabled, then the phrase "HDX" is displayed
which means "Half Duplex".  If this is disabled (no echo), then the phrase
"FDX" is displayed indicating "Full Duplex" mode is in effect.

┌─────────────────────────┐
│ (7) Communications Port │
└─────────────────────────┘
This field displays what communications port you are using.  The valid
ports are COM1, COM2, COM3, and COM4.

┌─────────────────────────┐
│ (8) PRODNAME Information │
└─────────────────────────┘
This field displays the PRODNAME version number.
▒▒▒ 5.1 ■ The Status Bar ▒▒▒
┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ (9) Online/Offline Indicator │
└──────────────────────────────┘
This field displays whether you are online or offline.  When PRODNAME is
starting up, you might see the phrase "Loading..." in this field; this is
just a status indicator telling you PRODNAME is doing something.
The purpose of this field is for you to be able to, at a glance, determine
if you are still connected to a host or not.  If you are online, this field
shows how long you have been connected to the host.
See Section A.5.4 ■ My Modem is Always On-Line (Resuming Previous On-line
Session)to fix this problem.
Button ~~H~~otkeys▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Button Hotkeys            ScrollLock │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
Button Hotkeys are a substitute for clicking on a button with the mouse.
If a button has a hotkey, then by typing the hotkey letter for that button
(usually indicated by a different color letter, or an underlined letter,
or maybe both), the button behaves EXACTLY the same as if it had been
clicked with the mouse.
In other words, if there is a button on the session screen like this:

    ┌────────────────┐
    │                │
    │  (E)nter name  │
    │                │
    └────────────────┘

...where the hotkey for the button is "E", simply pressing the "E" key on
your keyboard would activate this button.  This may not be desirable if
you're trying to type a message containing the letter "E".
However, there are times when you need to be able to type without having
buttons clicked for you.  Button Hotkeys are linked to the ScrollLock key
on your keyboard.  If ScrollLock is lit, then hotkeys are processed.
If ScrollLock is not lit, then the character will be sent to the host
directly, bypassing any button hotkeys.  Button Hotkeys can also be
enabled/disabled by selecting Button Hotkeys from the Options menu.
NOTE: This is only for buttons on the session screen.  Buttons in dialog
      boxes always have their hotkeys enabled, and can be select by
      pressing the ALT key + the letter highlighted in yellow.

~~M~~ouse Field SelectCtrl-Alt-O▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Mouse Field Select        Ctrl-Alt-O │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘

PRODNAME also supports the use of the TAB and SHIFT-TAB keys to jump
from mouse field to mouse field.  When you are on the Mouse Field you
wish to select, press ENTER to select it.  Press ESC to get out of
Mouse Field Select mode.  The use of TAB and SHIFT-TAB can be disabled
by de-selecting Mouse Field Select from the Options menu, or by
pressing Ctrl-Alt-O.
Also, many of the clickable buttons on a RIPscrip screen use hot keys,
meaning the by pressing just one key on the keyboard, it behaves EXACTLY
the same as if you had clicked on that button with a mouse.  A hotkey will
have one character underlined, or in a different color, or both!  Press
that character to activate that button.
See Section 3.4 ■ Options Menu for more information on the Button
Hotkeys and Mouse Field Select options.
If Mouse Field Select is disabled, the TAB character (Control-I) is
transmitted to the host.

~~A~~NSI EmulationCtrl-Alt-A▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ANSI Emulation            Ctrl-Alt-A │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
The ANSI text commands can be used to change the foreground and background
color of the text displayed, place the cursor at certain coordinates, and
clear the screen (among other things).  To make PRODNAME ignore any ANSI
commands, you can de-select ANSI Emulation.  Any ANSI commands received
will appear in the text window.

~~R~~IPscrip EmulationCtrl-Alt-Z▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ RIPscrip Emulation        Ctrl-Alt-Z │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
RIPscrip Emulation processes all RIPscrip commands received.  Deselecting
this option causes PRODNAME to ignore any RIPscrip commands it receives,
and display them in the text window.

~~D~~oorway EmulationAlt-=▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Doorway Emulation              Alt-= │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
This mode is used on a number of hosts that take advantage of "Doors".
When in Doorway Emulation, any keystroke that you enter on your keyboard
is transmitted to the host regardless of the fact that the keystroke might
be a menu shortcut, or something that PRODNAME would normally process
locally.  This allows you to use special keystrokes (like INSERT, DELETE,
PGUP, Function Keys, etc.) on a host program that can take advantage of
it.  The most popular program that takes advantage of this mode is DOORWAY
(tm) by Marshall Dudley of TriMark Engineering, Inc.

PRODNAME's support for Doorway operation is a complete implementation of
the Doorway interface.  It fully supports the Printer Re-direction feature
as well as Special Character Overriding for non-printable ASCII characters
(control characters).  PRODNAME is one of the first terminals to be released
to the general "market" with complete Doorway support.
~~V~~T-102 Emulation▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ VT-102 Emulation                     │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
VT-102 emulation is for use with a host application that requires that the
keyboard be configured as a VT-102 terminal.
See Section 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor for specifics on VT-102 keyboard
configuration, or look at the file VT102.MAC in the PRODNAME directory.
It's a text file easily viewable using a text viewer.
In addition, many ANSI escape sequences function slightly differently than
in normal ANSI mode.  TeleGrafix worked closely with Digital Equipment
Corp. (DEC) to develop and test PRODNAME's VT-102 emulation.  It adheres to
the true VT-102 specification.
Clear the ~~G~~raphics WindowAlt-G▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Clear the Graphics Window      Alt-G │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘

PRODNAME uses two types of windows in RIPscrip graphics mode, a graphics window
and a text window.  The text window is where all plain text transmitted from the
host is displayed.  The graphics window is where all graphical RIPscrip
commands are displayed.
Choose this option to clear the graphics window only.  If the graphics window
overlaps the text window, then some of the text may be erased in the process.
The window is cleared to the current background color, which by default is
BLACK.  The background color can be set using RIPscrip commands only -- there
is no option in PRODNAME to select a background color.
NOTE: The graphics window, by default, is full screen.  This may be
      changed by using RIPscrip commands.

Clear the ~~T~~ext WindowAlt-T▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Clear the Text Window          Alt-T │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘

PRODNAME uses two types of windows in RIPscrip graphics mode, a graphics
window and a text window.  The graphics window is where all graphical
RIPscrip commands are displayed.  The text window is where text received
from the host is displayed.  RIPscrip allows for up to 36 text windows.
When clearing the text window, it will clear whichever is the currently
active text window.
Choose this option to clear the text window only.  If the text window
overlaps the graphics window, then some of the graphics may be erased in
the process.  The window is cleared to BLACK and the cursor moved to the
upper left corner of the window.
NOTE: The text window, by default, is full screen.  This may be changed
      by using RIPscrip commands.

Reset All ~~W~~indowsAlt-R▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Reset All Windows              Alt-R │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
This command will reset the text and graphics windows to full screen.  In
addition, the screen is cleared and the text cursor moved to the upper
left hand corner of the screen.  This is equivalent to a clear screen
command in other software packages.  The color palette is reset to the
default color set, the font is reset to the system default you have
selected and any mouse fields/buttons are deleted from the screen.

Cr~~e~~ate Variable▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Create Variable                      │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
This option enters information into the PRODNAME database.  Each piece of
information is associated with a "label" (also called the variable name).
Information entered can be from 1-60 characters in length.  The label can
be from 3-12 characters in length, with these restrictions:  no spaces are
allowed, the first character must be a letter or an underscore, the rest
of the label may consist of letters, number, and underscores.
An example of this might be:

    Variable        Information Stored in variable
    --------------  ------------------------------
    FIRST_NAME      John
    LAST_NAME       Doe
    ADDRESS         123 Anywhere Street
    PHONE_NUMBER    555-1212
You may choose to save a variable either to internal memory, or to the
permanent database.  This database is "indexed" for high speed access of
information.  If the index becomes corrupted due to a power failure or
some other problem, it is automatically re-indexed for you.

        ~ Information on Text Variables ~2497    ~ Data Security ~2504
Sho~~w~~ Built-In Variables▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Show Built-In Variables              │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
This displays the contents of all text variables that are built into
PRODNAME.  Some variables are built-in in the sense that PRODNAME doesn't
need you to provide it with information.  Among the various built-in
variables are things like $DATE$, $TIME$, and other such variables that
change frequently.  Some variables do not contain valid text data due to
their nature.  These might include variables like $SBARON$, or $SBAROFF$
which display or hide the Status Bar.  When listing these variables, the
contents are listed as blank.
NOTE: The variables are appended to the scrollback buffer.  You can view
      them by selecting text scrollback from the Options menu, or by
      pressing ALT-B.

        ~ Information on Text Variables ~2497    ~ Data Security ~2504
Sh~~o~~w Database Variables▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Show Database Variables              │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
This option displays all text variables that have been stored in the local
CAPNAME.DB database file.  All variables are listed to the current text
window, but are not sent to the host.  This allows you to see what is
currently in your database.
NOTE: The variables are appended to the scrollback buffer.  You can view
      them by selecting View Scrollback from the Options menu, or by
      pressing ALT-B.

        ~ Information on Text Variables ~2497    ~ Data Security ~2504
Redraw S~~y~~stem MenuCtrl-HOME▒▒▒ 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Redraw System Menu         Ctrl-HOME │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
Redraw System Menu is a new feature of RIPscrip that allows the host to
define what key sequence is needed to redraw the screen.  If no sequence
is defined, this option is ghosted (not selectable).  Many systems just
need a Carriage Return (ENTER, or Control-M) to redraw the current screen,
but hosts vary.  This allows them to define the correct re-draw sequence,
but all you have to know is how to press Ctrl-HOME.

▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

    ┌───────┐
    │~ Setup ~2127│
    ├───────┴────────────────────────────┐
    │~ General Setup           Ctrl-Alt-G ~2273│
    │~ Video/Mouse Setup       Ctrl-Alt-V ~2276│
    │~ Audio Setup             Ctrl-Alt-U ~2279│
    │~ System Font Setup       Ctrl-Alt-F ~2282│
    ├────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Modem Setup             Ctrl-Alt-M ~2288│
    │~ Modem Dialing Prefixes  Ctrl-Alt-D ~2291│
    │~ Modem Hardware Setup    Ctrl-Alt-W ~2294│
    ├────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ File Transfer Setup     Ctrl-Alt-T ~2297│
    ├────────────────────────────────────┤
    │~ Save Setup              Ctrl-Alt-S ~2300│
    └────────────────────────────────────┘
The Setup Menu provides you with a centralized place to alter PRODNAME's
overall configuration.  You may modify the modem's configuration, various
general settings and also the way in which telephone numbers are dialed.
The following sections describe the various options in detail.
~~G~~eneral SetupCtrl-Alt-G▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ General Setup           Ctrl-Alt-G │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
The General Setup dialog box controls various miscellaneous settings
for the PRODNAME environment.  The various settings in this dialog box are:

    Data Security ..... This mode prevents the host from querying info
                        from your terminal database without you being
                        given the opportunity to approve the information
                        transfer first.

    Alarm Sounds ...... Errors, download completions, and connecting make
                        various sounds.  For quiet mode, turn this off.

    Enable Beeps ...... Any CTRL-G (bel) character that is received will
                        "beep" your local console.

    101-key keyboard .. If enabled, this option will provide 101-key
                        support for Keystroke Macros and Doorway Mode.

    Zooming Windows ... If checked, all dialog boxes will "zoom in/out" by
                        showing what looks like an exploding rectangle
                        before displaying the dialog box.

    Scrollback Size ... Sets the size of the Scrollback Buffer.  You can
                        set the size from 0K (disabled) to 9,999K.

    Set Break Duration. This option sets the length of the special break
                        signal that can be sent.  The default is 250ms.
See Section 4.1 ■ General Setup for in-depth explanations of each option.
~~V~~ideo/Mouse SetupCtrl-Alt-V▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Video/Mouse Setup       Ctrl-Alt-V │
└────────────────────────────────────┘

PRODNAME version PRODVER supports 117 different video cards and video
modes.  If yours is not listed, chances are that your video card
supports one or more of the VESA video modes, which were created as a
standard way of addressing video hardware from software.  Check your
video card documentation to see what modes it supports.
VESA mode on some video cards may be slower than the native mode -- so if
a native mode is available, use it!  On some video cards, a memory
resident driver (TSR) needs to be loaded for VESA support to work for that
video card.  The fastest resolution to run at is 640 x 480, because less
memory is being addressed.  Scrolling especially is affected by the
resolution.  Most video cards also run faster in 256 color mode than in 16
color mode, usually because of their hardware design.  See Appendix A.4.3 ■
Solutions to Video Display Performance Issues for more information.
If you have a mouse connected to your computer, you must load the mouse
driver before running PRODNAME to be able to use the mouse.  The mouse
driver is usually a file called MOUSE.SYS that is loaded in your
CONFIG.SYS, or a file called MOUSE.COM that is loaded in your AUTOEXEC.BAT
file.  If you're not loading a mouse driver, you can't use the mouse.
NOTE: PRODNAME doesn't use the center button on three-button mouses for any
      functions.
Refer to Section 4.2 ■ Video / Mouse Setup for a list of video cards
supported, and a diagram of the Video/Mouse Setup screen.
~~A~~udio SetupCtrl-Alt-U▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Audio Setup             Ctrl-Alt-U │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
A new feature in PRODNAME is the support for digitized sound, in the form
of .WAV files.  The Audio Board Configuration is for configuring PRODNAME
for your audio hardware.  The easiest way to do this is by using Auto-Sense.
See Section 4.3 ■ Audio Setup for details on custom configuration.
There are some performance issues in doing sound and communications at the
same time.  PRODNAME version 2.x implements cutting edge technology, and
sometimes may push your system to try to do more than it can.  If you are
having problems playing sounds or with losing characters, see Appendix A ■
Section A.4 ■ Performance Issues for more information.
System ~~F~~ont SetupCtrl-Alt-F▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ System Font Setup       Ctrl-Alt-F │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
The System Font allows you to select the font that is used in the ASCII
text/ANSI mode.  It does not have any effect on the graphics shown.  Any
subsequent text/ANSI displayed on the screen will appear in the chosen
system font unless the host explicitly tells PRODNAME to use another font
for the text window.
This mode allows you to specify how "large" text is when you are in
full-screen text mode.  You have five separate System Fonts to choose
from.  They are:

    80x25 - default - normal DOS screen size
    80x43 - 43 lines by 80 columns
    40x25 - low-resolution font
    91x43 - get more columns of text at once
    91x25 - get more columns of text at once
See Section 4.4 ■ System Font Setup for a diagram of the dialog box.
Tra~~n~~slation TablesSetup Menu: Translation Tables

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
~~M~~odem SetupCtrl-Alt-M▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Modem Setup             Ctrl-Alt-M │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
The dialog box is organized into three separate areas:

    Modem Command Strings
    Modem Port Settings
    Modem General Settings
Modem Command Strings is the upper half of the dialog containing Modem
Init, Auto Answer, Modem Reset, Modem Hangup, Redial Time, Max Attempts,
and Redial Pause.
Modem Port Settings is the lower-left part of the dialog containing COM
Port, Baud Rate, Data Bits, Parity, and Stop Bits.
Modem General Settings is the lower-right part of the dialog containing
Connected To, Flow Control, Port Lock, DTR Hangup, Local Echo, Add CR/LF,
Destruct BS, and BS Sends DEL.
These settings are part of the setup, so once you alter them, you should
click on Save Setup to make them permanent.
See Section 4.6 ■ Modem Setup for details on each of these settings.
Modem ~~D~~ialing PrefixesCtrl-Alt-D▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Modem Dialing Prefixes  Ctrl-Alt-D │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
This option allows you to alter your dialing Prefix and Suffix settings.
These settings are used for every system you try to dial to begin the
dialing operation (prefix), and to finish the dialing process (suffix).
You have three prefix you can configure, and three suffixes, and any one
of those three entries can be set to be the "Default" prefix/suffix.
Refer to Section 4.7 ■ Modem Dialing Prefixes for more details.
Modem ~~H~~ardware SetupCtrl-Alt-W▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Modem Hardware Setup    Ctrl-Alt-W │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
Interrupt Setup allows you to customize the interrupt (IRQ) settings for
each of your four COM ports.  Normally this isn't necessary.  However,
some PC's have special configurations that require the terminal's setup to
be altered if the serial ports are to function properly.  There are
fourteen different interrupts that can be selected for each COM port --
IRQ2 to IRQ15.  If two serial ports in the computer use the same interrupt
(i.e., an interrupt conflict), then problems arise.
See Section 4.8 ■ Modem Hardware Setup for more details on settings each
of these options.
File ~~T~~ransfer SetupCtrl-Alt-T▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ File Transfer Setup     Ctrl-Alt-T │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
There are four areas to the File Transfer Setup dialog box.  They are
Protocol Transfer Settings, ASCII Upload Settings, and Capture Log Settings.
The Protocol Transfer Settings are in the upper half of the dialog box,
covering Zmodem Crash Recovery, CompuServe QuickB+ Transfers, Auto
Zmodem Download, Download Dir, and Upload Dir settings.
The ASCII Upload Settings are in the lower left of the dialog box, and
cover the Line Pacing, Character Pacing, and Line Expansion settings.
The Capture Log Settings are in the lower right of the dialog box, and
cover the Capture ANSI, Capture RIPscrip, and Capture Doorway settings.
See Section 4.9 ■ File Transfer Setup for details on settings each of
these options.
~~S~~ave SetupCtrl-Alt-S▒▒▒ 3.5 ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S) ▒▒▒

┌────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Save Setup              Ctrl-Alt-S │
└────────────────────────────────────┘
This option will save a number of configuration parameters for PRODNAME.
For a complete list of everything included in the PRODNAME Setup File,
refer to Section 4.0.1 ■ PRODNAME Setup - What Is Saved?.
When you run PRODNAME, the setup file is loaded and used for the current
session.
Setup information is contained in a file called CAPNAME.CNF by default.
This can be altered by using the -S parameter when starting up PRODNAME.
This option instructs PRODNAME to use an alternate setup file (e.g.,
CAPNAME -Smysetup.cnf).  See Section 2.3 ■ PRODNAME Command Line Options
for a complete list of command line option and more information.
NOTE: If the Status Bar, Button Hotkeys, or Mouse Field Select is turned
      off by the host, and you select Save Setup, the active settings for
      these items are saved to your setup file.  It is recommended that
      you save your setup only when you are offline to avoid this.
▒▒▒ 3.6 ■ The Debug Menu (Alt-U) ▒▒▒

    ┌───────┐
    │~ Debug ~2127│
    ├───────┴──────────────────────┐
    │ Debug Info: General          │
    │ Debug Info: Comm Port        │
    ├──────────────────────────────┤
    │ Debug Info: Text Window      │
    │ Debug Info: Drawing Port     │
    │ Debug Info: Graphics Style   │
    │ Debug Info: Button Style     │
    │ Debug Info: Color Palette    │
    │ Debug Info: Mouse Field      │
    │ Debug Info: Environment      │
    │ Debug Info: Graphics Screen  │
    │ Debug Info: Templates        │
    │ Debug Info: Image Styles     │
    │ Debug Info: Database Stats   │
    ├──────────────────────────────┤
    │ Full Debug Info              │
    └──────────────────────────────┘
The Debug menus are for COMPANY to assist you in determining problems
with PRODNAME.  They are not documented here, as if COMPANY Tech Support
need you to look up certain information, they will provide you with
instructions.
When any of the options is selected, the data generated is placed in your
Scrollback Buffer for viewing.  You are automatically placed in the View
Scrollback Buffer mode to review the information.
The Full Debug Info option performs every single option in the menus, and
save it to the file CAPNAME.DBG in your CAPNAME directory.  Do not confuse
this with your CAPNAME.DB file, which is your text variable database file.
You may be requested to upload this file to COMPANY for technical
support reasons.
Debug Info: ~~G~~eneralDebug Info: General

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~C~~omm PortDebug Info: Comm Port

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~T~~ext WindowDebug Info: Text Window

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~D~~rawing PortDebug Info: Drawing Port

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: G~~r~~aphics StyleDebug Info: Graphics Style

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~B~~utton StyleDebug Info: Button Style

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: Color ~~P~~aletteDebug Info: Color Palette

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~M~~ouse FieldDebug Info: Mouse Field

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~E~~nvironmentDebug Info: Environment

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: Graphics ~~S~~creenDebug Info: Graphics Screen

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: Temp~~l~~atesSystem:  Debug Templates

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: ~~I~~mage StylesDebug Info: Image Styles

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Debug Info: D~~a~~tabase StatsDebug Info: Database Stats

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
~~F~~ull Debug InfoFull Debug Info

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
▒▒▒ A.0 ■ RIPtech - COM/Mouse Diagnostic ▒▒▒
There is a utility program included with PRODNAME called RIPTECH.EXE.  This
program finds your mouse and modem, and gives you all the configuration
parameters you need.  It also helps you to diagnose many of the common
problems associated with getting a modem up and running.
▒▒▒ 2.2 ■ Getting Online Help ▒▒▒
The help system of PRODNAME is easy to use.  Press Alt-Z from the session
screen for the help system Table of Contents.
To return to the Table of Contents at any time, click on the "Contents"
button at the bottom of the help screen.
Many of the dialog boxes in PRODNAME have help buttons that take you
directly to help on that particular subject.
If you have navigated through various help screens, you can back-up to a
previous screen by clicking on the "Back" button.  Any words or phrases
highlighted in light blue are "keywords" which you can select to jump to
that help topic.  The currently selected keyword is yellow on dark gray.
You may use the UP, DOWN, LEFT, and RIGHT arrow keys to navigate through
the help screen's keywords.  Press <ENTER> selects the current keyword,
and takes you to that help screen.

▒▒▒ 2.2.1 ■ Help on the Menus ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
Selecting the "Help on Menus" option from the System menu allows you to
view help information on a specific menu option.  A window will appear
instructing you to select a pull-down menu option for help.  Simply click
on the right mouse button and pull down the desired menu.  Select an
option, and a Help Screen will appear on that item.  When finished, press
the <ESC> key to exit "Help on Menus" mode.  You may also select menu
options via the keyboard by using the Alt key combinations to activate the
menu system.

▒▒▒ 1.0 ■ Introduction ▒▒▒
Thank you for using PRODNAME!  RIPscrip graphics are a revolutionary new
way of graphically interacting with on-line hosts.
Use of PRODNAME is defined in the Licensing Agreement. You should be
familiar with the terms of the licensing agreement.  Please read this
section carefully.

▒▒▒ 1.3 ■ Trademarks ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
RIPterm, the RIPterm logo, RIPscrip, RIPaint, TeleGrafix Communications,
and the TeleGrafix Communications logo are all trademarks of
MFGNAME
All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective holders.

▒▒▒ 1.4 ■ Program Requirements ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒

PRODNAME requires that you be using an 80386 or higher IBM-PC compatible
computer system running MS-DOS version 3.0 or higher.  You must have at
least 2Mb of memory in the system configured as XMS memory (EMS memory is
not recognized).  A hard disk also required.  You must have an EGA or
greater video adapter and a modem connected to serial port COM1 through
COM4.  A mouse and a color monitor are not required, but are strongly
recommended.  This software is a 32-bit protected mode application that
takes advantage of the 80386 microprocessor's features and capabilities.
It requires and makes use of extended memory.

▒▒▒ 1.1 ■ Distribution Information ▒▒▒

PRODNAME Introduction Release is NOT a freeware or shareware product that
can be freely distributed.  It is commercial software sold by
MFGNAME  If you do not have a valid license for PRODNAME,
please contact COMPANY to purchase the software.  We
need your support to continue to make high quality communications
products.  Thank you for your continued support.

    COMPANYNAME
    ADDR1
    ADDR2
    ADDR3

    Tech Support: SUPPORTNUM
           Voice: VOICENUM
             Fax: FAXNUM
             BBS: BBSNUM (accepts orders 24 hours a day)
▒▒▒ 1.2 ■ Licensing Agreement ▒▒▒

TITLE Version PRODVER
Software Licensing Agreement

DISCLAIMER
YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE
INSTALLING OR USING THIS DISKETTE.  INSTALLING OR USING THIS DISKETTE
INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT
AGREE WITH THEM, YOU SHOULD RETURN THIS DISKETTE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE
ORIGINAL DATE OF PURCHASE, AND THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT WILL BE REFUNDED
TO YOU.
DEFINITIONS

"You" and "Your" shall be taken as referring to the person or business
entity who purchased this License to use this Software or for whom such
License was purchased.

"Software" shall be taken as referring to the files supplied on the
diskette(s) inside the package, and to any and all copies, updates,
modifications, functionally-equivalent derivatives, or any parts or
portions thereof.

       ~ More ~2349
▒▒▒ 1.2 ■ Licensing Agreement ▒▒▒
LICENSE
You may:

1. Install and use one copy of this Software on a single Computer.

2. Copy this Software into machine-readable or printed form, for backup or
   archival purposes in support of your use of this Software.

3. Transfer this Software and license to another party if the other party
   agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  If the
   enclosed Software is an  update, any transfer must include the updated
   and all prior versions.  If you transfer the Software, you must at the
   same time either transfer all copies, whether in machine-readable or
   printed form, to the same party, or destroy any copies not transferred.
If this Software package contains both 3.5 and 5.25 disks, only a single
Software License is created hereby.  All enclosed diskettes are covered
under, and restricted by, the terms of this single Software License
Agreement.
YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY, MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THIS SOFTWARE, OR ANY COPY,
MODIFICATION, OR MERGED PORTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
PROVIDED FOR IN THIS LICENSE, OR IN AMENDMENTS SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF
MFGNAME ("TeleGrafix").  IF YOU TRANSFER
POSSESSION OF ANY COPY OF THIS SOFTWARE, OR ANY FUNCTIONALLY-EQUIVALENT
DERIVATIVE, OR ANY PORTION OR MODIFICATION THEREOF, TO ANOTHER PARTY, YOUR
LICENSE IS AUTOMATICALLY TERMINATED.


       ~ More ~2350      ~ Previous ~2348
▒▒▒ 1.2 ■ Licensing Agreement ▒▒▒
TERM
This license is effective until terminated.  You may terminate it at any
time by destroying all copies of the Software covered by this Agreement.
It will also terminate upon conditions set forth elsewhere in this
Agreement or if you fail to comply with any term or condition of this
Agreement.  You agree upon such termination to destroy this Software,
including all copies, functionally- equivalent derivatives, and all
portions and modifications thereof in any form.
LIMITED WARRANTY
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE
ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS WITH YOU.
SHOULD THE SOFTWARE PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU (NOT TELEGRAFIX) ASSUME THE
ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR, OR CORRECTION.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE
EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.  THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL
RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.
TeleGrafix does not warrant that the functions contained in this software
will meet your requirements or that the operation of this Software will be
uninterrupted or error-free.  However, TeleGrafix does warrant the
diskette on which the Software is furnished to be free from defects in
materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of ninety (90)
days from the date of delivery to you.

       ~ More ~2351      ~ Previous ~2349
▒▒▒ 1.2 ■ Licensing Agreement ▒▒▒
LIMITATIONS OF REMEDIES
TeleGrafix entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be:.
A) The replacement of any diskette not meeting TeleGrafix "Limited
   Warranty" and which is returned to TeleGrafix , or
B) If TeleGrafix is unable to deliver a replacement diskette which is free
   of defects in materials or workmanship, you  may terminate this
   Agreement by returning this Software and your money will be refunded.
IN NO EVENT WILL TELEGRAFIX BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING
ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF
TELEGRAFIX OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY OTHER PARTY. SOME
STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

       ~ More ~2352      ~ Previous ~2350
▒▒▒ 1.2 ■ Licensing Agreement ▒▒▒
GENERAL
You may not sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer this License or
Software except as expressly provided in this Agreement.  Any attempt to
otherwise sublicense, assign, or transfer any of the rights, duties or
obligations hereunder is expressly prohibited and will terminate this
Agreement. All Agreements covering this Software (including but not
limited to any and all updates, upgrades, and enhancements to this
Software or any portion thereof, bearing the same registration number)
shall be deemed to be counterparts of one and the same License Agreement
instrument.
BY INSTALLING OR USING THIS SOFTWARE, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ
THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND
CONDITIONS.  YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT IT IS THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE
STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN US, WHICH SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR
PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ANY OTHER COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN US
RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

       ~ Previous ~2351
▒▒▒ 1.5 ■ Glossary of Terms ▒▒▒
active   - The configuration that is currently in use by PRODNAME.  This
 setup     includes modem, hardware, file transfer, audio, and emulation
           settings.  For a complete list of everything included in the
           active setup, see Section 4.0.1 ■ PRODNAME Setup File.
baud     - The name used for the speed at which a modem communicates,
           which is measured in Bits Per Second (BPS).  Baud has a more
           technical definition which is different than BPS, but common
           usage of baud and BPS has made the terms interchangeable.  True
           bithead computer geeks will use the term BPS instead of baud to
           be technically accurate.
bitmap   - Generally refers to the method of storing each individual dot
           (pixel) in a picture shown on your computer screen in a file on
           your disk.  Photographs that have been scanned in are stored at
           bitmaps. Another type of graphic file format is a vector
           graphic file.
BPS      - Short for Bits Per Second.  See definition for BAUD.
data     - Data compression is a way of squeezing the information being sent
compres-   out over the modem, to achieve faster transmission of data.
   sion    The common compression protocols are MNP5 and v.42bis.
default  - The setting to use unless another setting is specified to
           override the default.  For example, PRODNAME gets installed into
           the default C:\CAPNAME directory, unless you have Install put
           in different directory.

           ~ More ~2354
▒▒▒ 1.5 ■ Glossary of Terms ▒▒▒
dialog   - A dialog box is a window appearing on the screen that contains
   box     information, is requesting some input, or is for setting
           configuration options.  A dialog box always has CANCEL and HELP
           buttons at the bottom, and will usually have some other buttons
           such as OK.  A button hotkey in a dialog box uses Alt + the
           highlighted letter to select that option, or you can use Tab or
           Shift-Tab to go forwards/backwards through each dialog item.
error    - Error correction's job is to make sure that the data transmitted
correction by the remote modem is receive perfectly by your modem.  Common
           error correction protocols are MNP2 through MNP4 and v.42.
host     - refers to any system you are connected to.  This can be a BBS,
           a mainframe, a network application, or whatever.  The term
           "host" is used generically to mean any one of these different
           types of systems you can dial into.
hotkey   - a keyboard equivalent for a menu option, keystroke macro, or a
           button.  A menu option will use a combination of the Alt key
           with a letter (except where noted).  A button hotkey in a
           dialog box uses Alt + the highlighted letter.
icon     - an icon is a bitmap of varying size. Icon files may end in .BMP,
           .BMM (mask files), or .BMH (hot icons - used with buttons)
JPEG     - A compressed graphic file format.  JPEG is short for Joint
           Photographic Experts Group, which is the association that
           created the JPEG file format.

           ~ More ~2355      ~ Previous ~2353
▒▒▒ 1.5 ■ Glossary of Terms ▒▒▒
lossy    - A type of compression used on bitmap graphic files. JPEG uses a
           technique of subtly (or drastically) changing the colors in an
           image to better compress it.  The level of compression can be
           changed to get a good balance between image quality and file
           size.  Lossy is based on the word "loss", because the image
           loses quality when compressed in this manner.  The opposite
           would be "loss-less" compression, in which nothing is changed.
           Lossy compression is much more effective than loss-less.  The
           loss in quality can go anywhere from un-noticeable to horrible.
pixel    - Short for PIcture ELement, it is simply one dot on the screen.
           A bitmap image is made up of a whole bunch of pixels.
RIPscrip - A graphical and interactive multimedia language created by
           TeleGrafix for efficiently transmitting graphics via any kind
           of communications link, on any type of computing platform.
           RIPscrip is short for Remote Imaging Protocol script language.
session  - This is the main PRODNAME screen where all communications with
 screen    whatever you're connected to is displayed, such as RIPscrip
           graphics and text.  It is the screen where you can access the
           menus, interact with the host, and usually has the Status Bar
           displayed at the bottom.
shrubbery- A small bush, usually decorative; best arranged next to a path.
string   - a string is a group of characters, a mix of letters, numbers,
           and/or punctuation characters.
UART     - The serial port controller microchip in your computer.  UART is
           an acronym for Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter.

           ~ More ~2356      ~ Previous ~2354
▒▒▒ 1.5 ■ Glossary of Terms ▒▒▒
vector   - The method of storing the instructions to draw a picture,
           rather than each pixel in the image.  For example, if you had a
           line drawn on your screen, the vector information would be the
           beginning and ending points of the line, and its color and
           pattern, rather than each pixel in the image.  Vector data is
           much smaller than pixel data.

           ~ Previous ~2355
▒▒▒ PRODNAME Documentation Quick Reference ▒▒▒
The documention is in the file called CAPNAME.DOC in the PRODNAME directory.

                             Table of Contents:

                        ~ Section 1 ■ Introduction ~2358
                        ~ Section 2 ■ Installation ~2359
                  ~ Section 3 ■ Pull-Down Menu Reference ~2360
                   ~ Section 4 ■ PRODNAME Setup Options ~2361
                      ~ Section 5 ■ PRODNAME Features ~2362
                               ~ Appendices ~2104

    For Information On:                                    Section
    -----------------------------------------------------  -------

    Installation Instructions                               2.0
    Mouse Configuration Problems and Performance Issues     2.0.1
    Using PRODNAME Without A Mouse                           2.0.2
    Uploading or Downloading Files                          3.2

    Menus                                                   3.0

    Setup Screens                                           4.0

    The Main PRODNAME Features                               5.0

    Troubleshooting / Common Configuration Problems         Appx A

    Contacting COMPANY Technical Support                  Appx C
This documentation is organized into five major sections, plus an appendix.
The five major sections are Introduction, Installation, Pull-Down Menu
Reference, PRODNAME Setup Options, and PRODNAME Features.  The Appendix
contains troubleshooting information, answers to common questions, a
keyboard reference of menu shortcuts, and how to contact Technical Support.
▒▒▒ CAPNAME.DOC ■ Section 1 ■ Introduction ▒▒▒

    1.0     ■ Introduction
    1.1     ■ Distribution Information
    1.2     ■ Limited Warranty / Licensing Agreement
    1.3     ■ Trademarks
    1.4     ■ Program Requirements
    1.5     ■ Glossary of Terms
▒▒▒ CAPNAME.DOC ■ Section 2 ■ Installation ▒▒▒

    2.0     ■ Installation
    2.0.1   ■ Important Information - Mouse Config and Performance
    2.0.2   ■ Using PRODNAME Without a Mouse

    2.1     ■ Starting Up PRODNAME
    2.1.1   ■ Video/Mouse Setup
    2.1.2   ■ Welcome to PRODNAME Setup Screen
    2.1.3   ■ Audio Setup Screen
    2.1.4   ■ Move Files To Their Correct Directories
    2.1.5   ■ Convert RIPscrip v1.x Icons to v2.x Icons

    2.2     ■ Getting On-line Help
    2.2.1   ■ Help on the Menus

    2.3     ■ PRODNAME Command Line Options
▒▒▒ CAPNAME.DOC ■ Section 3 ■ Pull-Down Menu Reference ▒▒▒

    3.0     ■ Pull-Down Menus
    3.1     ■ The System Menu
    3.2     ■ The File Menu (Alt-F)
    3.3     ■ The Connect Menu (Alt-C)
    3.4     ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O)
    3.5     ■ The Setup Menu (Alt-S)
    3.6     ■ The Debug Menu (Alt-U)
▒▒▒ CAPNAME.DOC ■ Section 4 ■ PRODNAME Setup Options ▒▒▒

    4.0     ■ PRODNAME Setup
    4.0.1   ■ PRODNAME Setup - What Is Saved?
    4.1     ■ General Setup
    4.2     ■ Video/Mouse Setup
    4.3     ■ Audio Setup
    4.4     ■ System Font Setup
    4.5     ■ Translation Tables

    4.6     ■ Modem Setup
    4.6.1   ■ Modem Command Strings
    4.6.2   ■ Modem Port Settings
    4.6.3   ■ Modem General Settings
    4.7     ■ Modem Dialing Prefixes
    4.8     ■ Modem Hardware Setup

    4.9     ■ File Transfer Setup
    4.9.1   ■ Protocol Transfer Settings
    4.9.2   ■ ASCII Upload Settings
    4.9.3   ■ Capture Log Settings
▒▒▒ CAPNAME.DOC ■ Section 5 ■ PRODNAME Features ▒▒▒

    5.0     ■ PRODNAME Features

    5.1     ■ The Status Bar

    5.2     ■ The Dialing Directory
    5.2.1   ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries
    5.2.2   ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries Custom Port Settings
    5.2.3   ■ Dialing Directory Conversion Utility (DIALCONV.EXE)
    5.2.4   ■ Dialing Directory File Format

    5.2.5   ■ The Dialing Window

    5.3     ■ Keystroke Macro Editor
    5.3.1   ■ Control Characters in Keystroke Macros

    5.4     ■ View Scrollback Buffer

    5.5     ■ External Applications
    5.5.1   ■ The Application Editor
    5.5.2   ■ Application Text Variables

    5.6     ■ Chat Mode

    5.7     ■ Text Variables
    5.7.1   ■ User-Defined Text Variables
    5.7.2   ■ User-Defined Text Variable Data Security
▒▒▒ 2.3 ■ PRODNAME Command Line Options ▒▒▒
There are a number of options that you may choose from when starting up
PRODNAME.  These options are specified as "parameters" on the DOS command
line. Each option is preceded with either a hyphen (-) or a forward slash
(/).  Each option is described below:

       -A ■ Disable digitized audio sounds
       -B ■ Show start-up checkpoint messages (debug mode)
       -I ■ Disable auto-icon conversion checking at start-up
       -M ■ Disable mouse operations
       -N ■ Disable logo screen
       -O ■ Do not initialize modem - indicate you're already online
       -T ■ <DEBUG> Disable 8259 Interrupt Priority rescheduling
       -Z ■ Disable zooming windows

       -D<entry#> ■ Dial <entry#> upon start up (from 1-100)
       -P<file>   ■ Use an alternate phone directory file
       -Rfile     ■ Execute the RIPscrip file <file> upon start-up
       -S<file>   ■ Use an alternate setup file
Command line options are not case sensitive.  You may specify these
options together (for single character options), or as separate parameters
on the command line.  For example, to suppress the intro screen, disable
zooming windows and indicate that you are already online, you could
execute the following DOS command:

    CAPNAME -noz
Each of these options are described more fully in CAPNAME.DOC.
▒▒▒ 4.6 ■ Modem Setup ▒▒▒
The Modem Setup tells PRODNAME the where and how of accessing your modem.
The standard settings for most hosts are 8 data bits, NO parity and 1 stop
bit (8N1).
These settings can be saved to PRODNAME's configuration file, so once you
alter them, you should click the SAVE button to make them permanent.
To alter the serial port IRQ and base address settings, choose Modem
Hardware Setup from the Setup menu.
The dialog box is organized into three separate areas:

    ~ Modem Command Strings  ~2365
    ~ Modem Port Settings    ~2373
    ~ Modem General Settings ~2376
Modem Command Strings is the upper half of the dialog containing Modem
Init, Auto Answer, Modem Reset, Modem Hangup, Redial Time, Max Attempts,
and Redial Pause.
Modem Port Settings is the lower-left part of the dialog containing COM
Port, Baud Rate, Data Bits, Parity, and Stop Bits.
Modem General Settings is the lower-right part of the dialog containing
Connected To, Flow Control, Port Lock, DTR Hangup, Local Echo, Add CR/LF,
Destruct BS, and BS Sends DEL.
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
Modem command strings are how you configure PRODNAME to work with the wide
variety of modems available.  All modem commands begin with an "AT", short
for 'ATtention'.  The "AT" must be at the beginning of the line to work.
You may specify control characters in a modem command string by preceding
the character with a caret (^).  For example, a CTRL-C would be ^C and
carriage return (CTRL-M) would be ^M.  The letter after the caret is not
case sensitive, so ^M works exactly the same as ^m.  Modem commands are
not case sensitive either.  Traditionally, upper case characters are used,
because in the beginning days of modems, some computers (and most modems)
did not support lower case characters.
Each modem command string should end with a ^M (carriage return), as shown
in the Modem Options dialog box above.
If you wish to pause in a command, insert a comma (,) at the point where
you want to pause.  The pause length is controlled by the modem's S8
register.  Most modems pause for two or three seconds for each comma.
PRODNAME also lets you use the tilde to insert a 1/2 second pause in
your modem command strings.
For more information on modem commands, consult your modem's manual.
Modem Command Strings is the upper half of the dialog containing:

~ Modem Init   ~2366
~ Auto Answer  ~2367
~ Modem Reset  ~2368
~ Modem Hangup ~2369
~ Redial Time  ~2370
~ Max Attempts ~2371
~ Redial Pause ~2372
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌────────────┐
│ Modem Init │
└────────────┘
The Modem Initialization string is the modem command sent to the modem
when PRODNAME starts up, or when Initialize Modem is selected from the
Connect menu.
The default Modem Init string contains several modem commands:

    AT &C1 &D2 E1 V1 X4^M
The AT is the beginning of every modem command.
The &C1 tells the modem to turn the Carrier Detect (CD) signal on when
you're connected, off when you're not.
The &D2 tells the modem to use RTS/CTS (Hardware) Flow Control.  This is
the most reliable means of controlling data flow.  See RTS/CTS below.
The E1 tells the modem to echo commands back to PRODNAME.
The V1 tells the modem to display verbal results, rather than numbers.
The X4 options sets the modem's ability to recognize different line
conditions, such as NO DIAL TONE, BUSY, VOICE, and the CONNECT speed.
X4 tells the modem to recognize as many different conditions as it can.
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌─────────────┐
│ Auto Answer │
└─────────────┘
This modem command is what would be sent to the modem to set it for
"auto-answer" mode.  Auto-Answer means that the modem will answer the
phone automatically when it rings.  The default auto-answer string
which should work on nearly any modem is "AT S0=1^m" where the "1"
indicates that the modem should pick up the phone on the 1st ring.
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌─────────────┐
│ Modem Reset │
└─────────────┘
This is the modem command string that is sent when the modem needs to
be reset.  This may be necessary if you "hang-up" the modem, abort a
dial attempt, or exit PRODNAME.  For most modems, this command is Z,
which would be entered as "ATZ^m".
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌──────────────┐
│ Modem Hangup │
└──────────────┘
This is the command string for the modem to use if DTR Hangup is disabled
or fails.  The modem needs to be put back into its command mode, where it
accepts modem commands from PRODNAME.  For most modems this is done by
typing in three consecutive plus signs (+++), with a short pause added
before and after the pluses.  Then the command for hanging up the modem
must be sent.  For most modems, this command is H0.  The entire command
would be entered as "+++ATH0^m".
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌─────────────┐
│ Redial Time │
└─────────────┘
Redial Time specifies how many seconds PRODNAME should wait before assuming
that the dialed system isn't answering.  This value defaults to 45
seconds.  You may need to extend this to a higher value if you're calling
through an elaborate telephone system, or dialing internationally.
Shortening the duration may be desirable if you are dialing a number where
the Host connects quickly and you don't need the extended redial times.
The Redial Time setting affects ALL connections, so you should set it to
the longest time you need to connect to ANY of the systems you call.
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌──────────────┐
│ Max Attempts │
└──────────────┘
Max Attempts controls how many times connecting to a host is attempted
before PRODNAME gives up trying.  If you have multiple phone numbers in
your Dialing Directory entry, each number attempted counts as one attempt.
▒▒▒ 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings ▒▒▒
┌──────────────┐
│ Redial Pause │
└──────────────┘
The Redial Pause is the number of seconds PRODNAME pauses between the
dialing attempts.  If you are not able to connect to a system (busy, no
answer, whatever), PRODNAME pauses before trying the next number selected.
▒▒▒ 4.6.2 ■ Modem Port Settings ▒▒▒
Modem Port Settings is the lower-left part of the dialog containing:

                  ~ COM Port   Baud Rate   Data Bits ~2374
                         ~ Parity   Stop Bits ~2375
In this sub-section, you'll see settings for data bits, parity, and stop
bits.  In nearly all situations, there are only two combinations of these
three values that are commonly used. They are:

    Combo #1                Combo #2
    -----------             -----------
    8 Data Bits             7 Data Bits
    No Parity               Even Parity
    1 Stop Bit              1 Stop Bit


    Combo #1 Abbreviation   Combo #2 Abbreviation
    ----------------------  ----------------------
    8-N-1                   7-E-1


    Combo #1 Pronunciation  Combo #2 Pronunciation
    ----------------------  ----------------------
    Eight-None-One          Seven-Even-One
Combo #1 (8-N-1) is typically used with BBS's.  Combo #2 (7-E-1) is common
on CompuServe, TymNet, TeleNet, or any of the other X.25 packet-switched
networks.  Many Unix systems use Combo #2 as well.
▒▒▒ 4.6.2 ■ Modem Port Settings ▒▒▒
┌──────────┐
│ COM Port │
└──────────┘
This option allows you to specify which communications port will be used
to dial the modem.  Valid ports are COM1 through COM4.  Of course, your
system must have the given port in order to be able to dial out on it.
PRODNAME will normally initialize the modem upon initial start-up providing
the "Use Modem" option is selected.

┌───────────┐
│ Baud Rate │
└───────────┘
This option allows you to specify the default baud rate in which PRODNAME
should operate.  Valid baud rates are 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200,
38400, 57600, and 115200 baud.  If you use a baud rate of 9600 or faster,
it is highly recommended that RTS/CTS Flow Control and Port Lock be used
for the best reliability.

┌───────────┐
│ Data Bits │
└───────────┘
This option allows you to alter the number of data bits that will be used
for a given communications link.  Valid settings are 7 Data Bits, or 8
Data Bits.  You will find that most hosts use 8 Data Bits.  7 Data Bits
are commonly used when calling mainframe computers, or large hosts like
TymNet, TeleNet, GEnie, CompuServe, or other nationwide network services
that use the X.25 network protocol.  When in doubt, try 8 Data Bits.  If
you get garbled information, try 7 Data Bits.
▒▒▒ 4.6.2 ■ Modem Port Settings ▒▒▒
┌────────┐
│ Parity │
└────────┘
This option allows you to alter the parity setting that will be used for a
given communications link.  Valid settings are Even, Odd or No Parity. The
vast majority of hosts in the world use a setting of No Parity. Situations
where you will choose something other than No Parity would be if you were
calling a mainframe computer, or dialing up via a nationwide network like
TymNet, TeleNet, GEnie, CompuServe, or other such X.25-based hosts.  If in
doubt, try No Parity.

┌───────────┐
│ Stop Bits │
└───────────┘
This option allows you to alter the number of Stop Bits that are used for
the communications link.  Valid settings are 1 Stop Bit, or 2 Stop Bits.
Typically, 1 Stop Bit will be used for the vast majority of hosts.
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
Modem General Settings is the lower-right part of the dialog containing
Connected To, ~Flow Control~2377, ~Port Lock~2379, ~DTR Hangup~2383, ~Local Echo, Add CR/LF,~2384
~Destruct BS, and BS Sends DEL~2385.

┌──────────────┐
│ Connected To │
└──────────────┘
There are two selections available: Modem or Another Computer.
If Modem is selected, PRODNAME knows that it is connected to a modem. This
is the normal, default situation.  PRODNAME send the "Modem Init" command
string to the modem when it starts up.
If you are using PRODNAME to connect directly to another computer via a
serial link (for example, by using a null modem cable), then you would
want to select Another Computer.
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒

┌──────────────┐
│ Flow Control │
└──────────────┘
This option determines whether any flow control should be used between
your computer and your modem.  With PRODNAME, flow control is very
important at high baud rates.  It is critically important with high speed
file transfers with protocols like Zmodem or Ymodem.  Without flow
control, the host might be sending data faster than the terminal can take
it in and process it.
When viewing RIPscrip graphics at high baud rates (9600 baud and higher),
this form of flow control is EXTREMELY IMPORTANT!  Without it you could
easily have garbled graphics.  The reason for this is when you're working
in a graphical environment, you are doing a lot of stuff "behind the
scenes" to show even so much as a single line on the screen.  Since
graphics mode can be so CPU intensive, sometimes it is necessary to tell
the host to "hold on" while the terminal "catches up" with the host.  That
is what flow control is for, and why PRODNAME needs this mode active.
RTS/CTS (Ready To Send/Clear To Send) is a form of hardware flow control.
The serial connection between the computer and modem has two signals used
for flow control -- RTS and CTS.  The modem uses RTS to tell the computer
when it is Ready To Send, and the computer uses CTS to tell the modem when
it is Clear To Send.  What this means is that the modem and computer know
how to tell each other "I'm ready for more data now, continue...".
Some modems have to be configured to enable hardware flow control.  Most
modems use the &R2 command to enable RTS/CTS flow control.

    ~ More ~2378
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
In order to take advantage of this mode of operation you need to make sure
you have a "hardware handshaking" serial cable.  99% of all serial cables
you can purchase are these types of cables.  If RTS/CTS flow control is
not usable on your particular PC, PRODNAME will issue the error message:

    "CTS is inactive; RTS/CTS handshaking disabled"
What this means is that PRODNAME sensed that RTS/CTS was not available and
it will automatically shut off that mode for you so that PRODNAME will
function properly.
NOTE: This error message can also occur if you start up PRODNAME with your
      modem turned off!
XON/XOFF flow control uses Control-Q (XON) and Control-S (XOFF) to stop
data flow into the computer.  This is also known as Software Flow Control.
It is less reliable than RTS/CTS, but is better than no flow control.
Some modems have to be configured to enable software flow control.  Most
modems use the &I1 command to enable software flow control.
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒

┌───────────┐
│ Port Lock │
└───────────┘
Port Lock is used with high speed modems.  Port Lock keeps the speed
between the computer and the modem at the same rate.  This is sometimes
referred to as Fixed DTE Rate in some modem's documentation.  Your modem
may connect at 2400, but your computer still talks to the modem at 19,200.
If Port Lock is not selected, PRODNAME is in Auto-Baud Detect mode, where
it automatically sets PRODNAME's speed to match the modem's connect speed.
Before explaining why you need Port Lock, let's discuss how a regular
modem works with baud rates.  Normally, a modem must be set for the exact
same baud rate as the connection.  For example, if the modem says:

    CONNECT 2400

...then PRODNAME must be set for 2400 baud if it is to talk to the remote
host.  PRODNAME will automatically see this CONNECT 2400 message and
automatically switch baud rates for you (Auto-Baud Detect mode).

    ~ More ~2380
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
Now with High Speed modems the situation is a bit different.  Most high
speed modems achieve higher baud rates by compressing data, transmitting
it, and letting the modem on the other end of the connection de-compress
the data.  Now, imagine a connection like this:

      ┌──────┐                ─╫─       ─╫─                ┌──────┐
      │      │               /─╫─\_____/─╫─\               │      │
      │ Your │              /  ║ \_____/ ║  \              │Remote│
      │      │   9600      /   ║         ║   \      9600   │      │
    ┌─┴──────┴─┐ baud ┌─────┐  ║         ║  ┌─────┐ baud ┌─┴──────┴─┐
    │ Computer │════│Modem│  ║         ║  │Modem│════│ Computer │
    └──────────┘      └─────┘   Telephone   └─────┘      └──────────┘
                                Connection
                                9600 Baud
Notice that the links between each computer and their respective modems
are set for 9600 baud.  Also, the telephone connection itself is also at
9600 baud.  Now, lets say the remote computer sends a 10K packet of data
to its modem.  The modem compresses that data into a smaller packet, say
5K for this discussion.  The data was compressed to half its size, so
it takes half as long to transmit. The modem on the other end of the
connection decompresses the packet back to its original 10K size, and it
sends it out to the computer.  Now if another 5K compressed packet is
coming over the phone line immediately after the first one, the modem has
to decompress that packet and send it to the computer as well.  If the
link between the computer and the modem is THE SAME SPEED as the telephone
link (modem-to-modem) then the act of decompressing data packets creates
more data than the computer can accept at the given baud rate.  The best
case situation is that the data sent will just back up, and your trans-
missions aren't as efficient as they could be.  The worst case situation
(and it happens!) is that you will LOSE data because of serial port speeds.
The solution is to set PRODNAME's baud rate to a value higher than the
highest connection speed (see table below), and enable Port Lock.

    ~ More ~2381
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
For example, if you have a 14,400 baud modem, you might be inclined to set
your baud rate in PRODNAME to 19,200 baud (the next highest setting).  In
practice though, modems can compress data better than that.  The next
highest setting is 38,400 baud -- which is a very good choice.  This
insures that even if the modem decompressed a packet that was compressed
down to 25% of its original size, the computer could receive the data at
full speed from the modem.  However, typical compression levels are about
50% in real world usage, so you should set PRODNAME's speed to about twice
as fast (or faster) than your modem can communicate at.
Now, back to Port Lock.  Port Lock is used for high speed modems to tell
PRODNAME NOT to perform Auto-Baud Detection when connecting to other
systems.  What this means is that the baud rate set in PRODNAME will not
change even if the two modems sync-up at a lower baud rate.  This way, the
speed between the computer and the modem are at a fixed rate always and
the baud rate between the two modems can vary.
When Port Lock is enabled, PRODNAME will let the modems worry about getting
their speeds "just right".  Even if your high speed modem connects at 300
baud, PRODNAME could still talk to the modem at 57,600 baud.  The modem
would handle all of the details about "flow control" between the
computer/modem to make sure that data doesn't get stuffed into the modem
faster than the telephone connection can handle.

    ~ More ~2382
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
Some of the newest modems have the ability to communicate at very high
speeds -- up to 28,800 -- and there is talk of even faster modems to
come.  Many computer's serial port controller circuitry (a 16450 UART) can
only handle speeds up to 19,200 reliably.  This can be fixed by adding a
16550 UART chip.  Most can directly replace a 16450 UART.  Some computers
either have the serial controller chip integrated with other controller
chips into one multipurpose chip, or it is soldered onto the main circuit
board.  In these cases, you can buy a replacement serial board for your
computer for less than $40 with two 16550 UARTs.  Then you will have the
most reliable serial hardware available.  See Appendix A.4 for more on
16550 chips and performance issues, and how to tell if you have a 16550.
This is a table of recommended settings for PRODNAME, based on the maximum
speed of your modem.  It is also noted if you should be using a 16550
serial controller chip.

   Modem Speed  Recommended PRODNAME Baud Rate       16550 necessary?
   -----------  ----------------------------------  ----------------
        300        300 (time to upgrade!)                 no
       2400       2400 (modems with no compression)       no
       2400       9600 (modems with compression)          no
       9600      19200 (v.32 with v.42)               if possible
      14400      38400 (v.32bis with v.42)            recommended
      21800      54600 (v.32bis/terbo with v.42)       required
      28800     115200 (v.FAST or v.FC or v.34)       imperative
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒

┌────────────┐
│ DTR Hangup │
└────────────┘
The DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal from the computer to the modem tells
the modem if it can connect to a host (DTR enabled or DTR high), or not
(DTR disabled or DTR low).
DTR hangup is often referred to as "quick hangup".  When activated,
PRODNAME lowers the DTR signal to the modem for 1 second to tell the modem
to disconnect.  Most modems respond to this command.
Some modems need to be configured to enable support for DTR Hangup.
Most modems use the &D2 command to tell the modem to disconnect if DTR is
lowered.  You can add the &D2 command to your modem's initialization
command string.
If for some obscure reason DTR doesn't hangup the modem, PRODNAME will
attempt to hangup the modem by issuing the typical hangup command:

    +++ATH0^m
If after trying both methods the modem still hasn't hung-up, PRODNAME will
say "Hangup Failed" and beep your PC Speaker.
See Section 4.6.1 ■ Modem Command Strings for information on how to set
the Modem Initialization string and the Modem Hangup string.
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
┌────────────┐
│ Local Echo │
└────────────┘
Local Echo toggles whether PRODNAME should echo keystrokes to the session
screen locally, or let the host perform the echoing.  Normally, the host
will do this for you, so echo is OFF by default.  In some situations
though, you may wish to toggle ECHO ON.  One such situation is if you are
directly connected to another person's computer via modem and are typing
to them in a "chat-like" manner.  If your can't see what you're typing,
try turning on Local Echo.
If Local Echo is enabled, then the phrase "HDX" is displayed which means
"Half Duplex".  If this is disabled (no echo), then the phrase "FDX" is
displayed indicating "Full Duplex" mode is in effect.

┌───────────┐
│ Add CR/LF │
└───────────┘
This option adds a carriage return (CR or Control-M) and a Line Feed (LF
or Control-J) to the end of every line of text received.
Normally, this is not necessary.  Some hosts however, require that CR/LF's
be ON for you to see text properly.  Normally, this option is OFF.
If text coming across the modem does not move to the next line, then you
need to turn Add CR/LF ON.
If every line of text is separated by a blank line, then you need to turn
Add CR/LF OFF.
▒▒▒ 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings ▒▒▒
┌─────────────┐
│ Destruct BS │
└─────────────┘
A Destructive Backspace means that when you press the Backspace key on
your keyboard, it ERASES the character immediately to the left of the
cursor.  If Destructive Backspace is disabled, then the cursor simply
moves one character cell to the left.
Destructive Backspace defaults to ON.

┌──────────────┐
│ BS Sends DEL │
└──────────────┘
Some hosts don't recognize the Backspace key.  They use the Delete key
instead.  For your convenience, you can tell PRODNAME to act like the
Delete key was pressed when Backspace the key actually used, by enabling
BS Sends DEL.
▒▒▒ 4.8 ■ Modem Hardware Setup ▒▒▒
THIS IS AN ADVANCED OPTION AND SHOULD NOT BE USED UNLESS YOU ARE FAMILIAR
WITH IBM-PC INTERRUPTS, SOFTWARE ADDRESSES, AND HARDWARE SETUP!
Interrupt Setup allows you to customize the interrupt (IRQ) settings for
each of your four COM ports.  Normally this isn't necessary.  However,
some PC's have special configurations that require the terminal's setup to
be altered if the serial ports are to function properly.  There are
fourteen different interrupts that can be selected for each COM port --
IRQ2 to IRQ15.  If two serial ports in the computer use the same interrupt
(i.e., an interrupt conflict), then problems arise.
Port Address Setup allows you to customize the base I/O address of the
four COM ports that PRODNAME can utilize.  Normally, you will not need to
alter these settings.  If you have a serial port configuration that doesn't
comply with the COM1-COM4 standards, you may need to alter your addresses
for these ports to make PRODNAME function properly.  The standard addresses
for COM1-4 are as follows on an AT compatible computer:

     Normal PC Compatible           IBM Micro Channel
         (ISA/EISA)                       (PS/2)

    PORT    ADDRESS    IRQ        PORT    ADDRESS    IRQ
    ----------------------        ----------------------
    COM1      3F8       4         COM1      3F8       4
    COM2      2F8       3         COM2      2F8       3
    COM3      3E8       4         COM3      3220      3
    COM4      2E8       3         COM4      3228      3
NOTE: The first time you install PRODNAME, it will auto-sense if you
      are on a Micro Channel machine.  If you are, it will customize the
      addresses and IRQ's for COM3 and COM4.
▒▒▒ 4.2 ■ Video / Mouse Setup ▒▒▒

PRODNAME vPRODVER supports 117 different video cards and video modes.
If yours is not listed, chances are that your video card supports one or
more of the VESA video modes, which were created as a standard way of
addressing video hardware from software.  Check your video card
documentation to see what modes it supports.
VESA mode on some video cards may be slower than the native mode -- so if
a native mode is available, use it!  On some video cards, a memory
resident driver (TSR) needs to be loaded for VESA support to work for that
video card.  The fastest resolution to run at is 640 x 480, because less
memory is being addressed.  Scrolling especially is affected by the
resolution.  Most video cards also run faster in 256 color mode than in 16
color mode, usually because of their hardware design.  See Appendix A.4.3 ■
Solutions to Video Display Performance Issues for more information.
If you have a mouse connected to your computer, you must load the mouse
driver before running PRODNAME to be able to use the mouse.  The mouse
driver is usually a file called MOUSE.SYS that is loaded in your
CONFIG.SYS, or a file called MOUSE.COM that is loaded in your AUTOEXEC.BAT
file.  If you're not loading a mouse driver, you can't use the mouse.
NOTE: PRODNAME doesn't use the center button on three-button mouses for any
      functions.
▒▒▒ 4.3 ■ Audio Setup ▒▒▒
A new feature in PRODNAME is the support for digitized sound, in the form
of .WAV files.  The Audio Board Configuration is for configuring PRODNAME
for your audio hardware.

┌──────────┐
│Auto-Sense│
└──────────┘
The easiest way to configure your sound settings is to use Auto-Sense.
This is an accurate way to quickly establish the correct sound board and
its hardware settings.  Under some circumstances auto-sensing may not work
properly (e.g., network boards installed, unusual hardware, or TSR's, etc).
It is possible that Auto-Sense might lock-up your computer.  If it does,
no damage will be done to your system; just re-run the software and
configure the audio board manually.
While the auto-sensing is going on, try not to move the mouse around (even
though you won't be able to see it).  The reason for this is it can
interfere with sensing and can make the auto-senser obtain incorrect
hardware settings.
The MONO and STEREO settings are for configuring your card to play sounds
in Mono or Stereo.  COMPANY recommends that you only use the Mono
setting, as selecting Stereo, even for Mono sounds, causes twice as much
data to be moved to the sound card, and can cause performance problems.
Most sounds used with PRODNAME are likely to be mono (for smaller size), so
you won't be losing anything by selecting mono over stereo.

        ~ More ~2389
▒▒▒ 4.3 ■ Audio Setup ▒▒▒
The 8 Bit and 16 Bit settings configure the resolution of the sounds sent
to the sound board.  Like Mono and Stereo, selecting 16 Bit sends twice as
much data to the sound card as 8 Bit does, even when the original sound
was 8 bit.  The combination of 16 Bit and Stereo is especially lethal in
terms of how much data is moved around -- four times as much as 8 Bit and
Mono.  See Appendix A.4 ■ Performance Issues for more information and
troubleshooting options.
The Volume control sets the output level via the sound card.  If you don't
have volume control on your speakers, you can use this to select the output
level.  If you have volume control on your speakers, you will probably want
to set the Volume to 100% and use your speaker's volume control.
The Interrupt (IRQ), DMA Channel, and I/O Port Address settings tell
PRODNAME how to speak directly to the sound board hardware.  Refer to your
sound board's documentation for information on these settings.
The Buffering option controls PRODNAME's access to the sound file on disk.
By storing the sound in memory before passing it to the sound card,
PRODNAME is able to prevent interruptions in the sound playback.  If you
are experiencing interruptions in the sound, or if you are dropping
characters when the sound is enabled, you can increase the buffering to
try to resolve these problems.  See Appendix A.4 ■ Performance Issues for
more information and troubleshooting options.

▒▒▒ 4.4 ■ System Font Setup ▒▒▒

    ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
    │┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
    ││             System Text Font Setup            ││
    │├───────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
    ││                                               ││
    ││ ┌───────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────────┐ ││
    ││ │                   │ │                     │ ││
    ││ │  ( ) 80x43 font   │ │ Select the font you │ ││
    ││ │                   │ │ want normally. It   │ ││
    ││ │  ( ) 91x43 font   │ │ will be used when   │ ││
    ││ │                   │ │ no BBS graphics are │ ││
    ││ │  (■) 80x25 font   │ │ on the screen, or   │ ││
    ││ │                   │ │ whenever the screen │ ││
    ││ │  ( ) 91x25 font   │ │ is cleared.  80x25  │ ││
    ││ │                   │ │ is the most popular │ ││
    ││ │  ( ) 40x25 font   │ │ font.               │ ││
    ││ │                   │ │                     │ ││
    ││ └───────────────────┘ └─────────────────────┘ ││
    ││                                               ││
    ││  ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐ ┌────────┐  ││
    ││  │   OK   │ │ Cancel │ │  Save  │ │  Help  │  ││
    ││  └────────┘ └────────┘ └────────┘ └────────┘  ││
    ││                                               ││
    │└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
    └─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The System Font allows you to select the font that is used in the ASCII
text/ANSI mode.  It does not have any effect on the graphics shown.  Any
subsequent text/ANSI displayed on the screen will appear in the chosen
system font unless the host explicitly tells PRODNAME to use another font
for the text window.
This mode allows you to specify how "large" text is when you are in
full-screen text mode.
▒▒▒ 4.1 ■ General Setup ▒▒▒

PRODNAME has a number of configurable settings for you to choose from to
alter the way in which the software runs on a normal basis.  The General
Setup settings are:

                     ~ Data Security       Alarm Sounds ~2392

                     ~ Enable Beeps    101-Key Keyboard ~2393

                            ~ Force DTR on Exit ~2394

                  ~ Scrollback Size (K)     Break Duration ~2395

                  ~ Extra Icon/Resource directories ~2912
┌─────────────────┐
│ Zooming Windows │
└─────────────────┘
Whenever a window or dialog box pops up on the screen in PRODNAME, it will
"zoom in" and "zoom out" giving a visual feeling of the window opening or
closing.  This slows down the display of the window or dialog somewhat.
So for optimal performance of PRODNAME (or if you find it annoying), toggle
zoom windows off.  However, some like the visual impression of windows
opening or closing, and think it is cool.
▒▒▒ 4.1 ■ General Setup ▒▒▒
┌───────────────┐
│ Data Security │
└───────────────┘
This option gives you control over host data queries to your system.  This
option defaults to ON, giving you the ability to scrutinize any queries by
the host to ask your system database for information.  This does not apply
to built-in text variables, just variables that contain data that you've
entered.
How does this apply to you?  RIPscrip has the ability to ask you for
information, and depending on the query from the host, this information
might be stored to your local PRODNAME database for future use (by the same
host, or potentially another), or be stored in memory until you disconnect
from the host.  This option exists so that if a host asks your terminal
for a piece of information, you have the ability to intervene (i.e.,
prevent the information from being sent).  This override feature is for
security purposes in the event that your database contains sensitive
information that you do not want to be given out without your explicit
consent.
See Section 5.7.2 ■ Data Security for more detailed information.

        ~ Information on Text Variables ~2497    ~ Data Security ~2504

┌──────────────┐
│ Alarm Sounds │
└──────────────┘
When this option is chosen, PRODNAME will make various musical sounds when
things happen like successful downloads, establishing a connection to a
host, when you make a mistake, etc.  If you also set Enable Beeps to OFF
and set the Audio Board Sound Volume to 0% (see Section 4.3), PRODNAME will
make NO sounds at all.
▒▒▒ 4.1 ■ General Setup ▒▒▒
┌──────────────┐
│ Enable Beeps │
└──────────────┘
This will enable the Beep character (ASCII character 7, BEL) to make an
beeping sound on your PC speaker when received from the host.  Only BEEP
characters from the host are enabled or disabled with this option.  Alarm
Sounds (see above) and digitized sounds (see Section 4.3) are not affected
by this setting.

┌──────────────────┐
│ 101-Key Keyboard │
└──────────────────┘
This mode is used by Keystroke Macros and Doorway Emulation.  This mode is
only available on computers with a 101-key enhanced keyboard.  If this
option locks up your system, disable it.
It allows you to use more keys on your enhanced keyboard for macros, and
to send extended keyboard codes to the Doorway system running on the host.
This value is part of the PRODNAME setup, saved in CAPNAME.CNF.  If you set
this option ON, and it locks your system, and your system locks whenever
you start-up PRODNAME, then the option has been saved to your setup.  You
should run PRODNAME with the -E option, like this:

    CAPNAME -E
The first thing you should do is disable the 101-key keyboard option and
save your setup.  The -E option disables 101-key keyboard support for the
duration of the current PRODNAME session.
▒▒▒ 4.1 ■ General Setup ▒▒▒
┌───────────────────┐
│ Force DTR on Exit │
└───────────────────┘
This option gives PRODNAME your permission to go throwing its weight
around, forcing DTR's on innocent young Exits.  Sorry, I'll start again.
The DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal from the computer to the modem tells
the modem if it can connect to a host (DTR ON or DTR HIGH), or not (DTR
OFF or DTR LOW).  This is the same as DTR Hangup, detailed in Section
4.6.3 ■ Modem General Setup.  Force DTR on Exit defaults to ON.
When selected, PRODNAME keeps the DTR signal ON after exiting PRODNAME.
This is mainly useful for cases where the modem still needs to be able to
answer a call on its own, even if there is no terminal program running.
For example, when you are using a network modem pool, or a fax modem
that needs to answer the phone to receive a fax.
When not selected, when you exit PRODNAME, DTR is lowered and kept low.
Some modems, even if you instruct them to pick up the phone on the first
ring, will not answer the phone if DTR is low.  This is because the modem
assumes that if DTR is low, there is no software running to receive
the call -- so why should it answer the phone?  Not all modems work this
way, but most do.
This also comes into play on direct serial connections.  Most direct
connects assume that someone is connected whenever DTR is high.  If you
leave DTR high when you exit, it might think there is a connection, even
if there isn't.  So you would disable Force DTR on Exit.
NOTE: If you exit PRODNAME while still online, and say NOT to hangup, then
      PRODNAME will keep DTR enabled regardless of the setting of Force DTR
      on Exit, so that the modem doesn't disconnect you.
▒▒▒ 4.1 ■ General Setup ▒▒▒
┌─────────────────────┐
│ Scrollback Size (K) │
└─────────────────────┘
This option sets how much memory PRODNAME uses for the Scrollback Buffer.
The valid settings are from 0K (disabled) to 9,999K of memory.  If you
computer does not have enough RAM to hold all this data, it will put the
overflow on disk.
When the Scrollback Buffer fills up, it starts purging the oldest data
from the top.
We recommend that you set it to 64k unless you know that you need to keep
more history than that.
See Section 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer for all the options available.

┌────────────────────┐
│ Set Break Duration │
└────────────────────┘
A Break is a special signal that can be sent from your system to the host.
Most hosts simply ignore them, but some use them for aborting operations,
or for various purposes.  PRODNAME will send a break of 250 milliseconds by
default.  A millisecond is 1/1000 of a second, so 250 milliseconds is one
quarter of a second.
▒▒▒ 4.7 ■ Dialing Prefixes and Suffixes ▒▒▒
Modem Dialing Prefixes and Suffixes let you set different ways for your
modem to dial telephone numbers.  You can dial some numbers a certain way
and other numbers in a totally different manner.
For your modem to dial a number, it must be issued a command.  Usually
this command is the same for every number you dial in your Dialing
Directory.  This can change if you have different types of systems you
call, or if you use PRODNAME on a notebook computer, and need to dialing
out different from various locations.
The first thing transmitted is the Prefix, followed by the phone number,
then the Suffix.  To better illustrate how Prefixes and Suffixes are
related to dialing, refer to the following:

    Prefix  Phone Number  Suffix
    ------  ------------  ------
     ATDT     555-1212      ^M
The normal prefix is ATDT.  It stands for ATtention Dial Touch-tone.  If
you were dialing out on a rotary phone line, that would be Pulse dialing
(i.e., "ATDP").  This would be a typical use for a dialing prefix.
A normal suffix is a Return character (Control-M).  This is entered as
^m in the suffix string field.
For example, on some hosts you might have to disable error correction on
your modem to connect.  You wouldn't want to put the modem commands to
disable error correction into your telephone number to accomplish this
because it won't work -- the command appears in the wrong place in the
dialing string.  To disable error correction, you would add the disable
commands before the DT.  For example, some modems use the &M0 command to
disable error correction.  So your prefix would be: AT&M0DT

    ~ More ~2397
▒▒▒ 4.7 ■ Dialing Prefixes and Suffixes ▒▒▒
Another example is that you are using a notebook computer.  If you dial
from home, you just dial the number direct.  If you're calling from the
office, you have to dial a 9 before the number.  A different prefix could
be used in these situations, and you just set the number up in the Dialing
Directory to use the default prefix.
Another use for Dialing Prefixes are for phone number passwords.  If you
work for a company that requires you to enter a password in order to
dial-out, you could accomplish this as follows, "ATDT 1234567".  The
1234567 is your password and the tilde is used for a 1/2 second
pause.  After the pause the remainder of the phone number in the dialing
directory will be dialed followed by the Dialing Suffix.
Notice that in the Modem Prefix section of the dialog box that there are
three different settings labeled 1, 2 and 3.  Just to the right of each of
these labels is a radio button.  Only one of them can be selected at any
one time.  Whichever one is selected is the default Prefix. You may set
your Dialing Directory entries to use the "default prefix".  Then if you
need to change all your directory entries to use a different dialing
method quickly, simply change which prefix is the default and you're done.
Similar to the Prefix section of the dialog box, the Suffix section also
has the ability to set a "default suffix".  The method is the exact same
as that for prefixes except that each suffix is labeled A, B and C.
If you choose a Prefix or Suffix setting of "Default", then whichever of
the three Prefix or Suffix definitions you have tagged as "Default" will
be used.  You may also explicitly set a Prefix of 1, 2, or 3 in the Dialing
Directory to select a particular Prefix, and likewise you can select
explicitly set a Suffix of A, B, or C to select a particular Suffix.
The length limit for each Prefix and Suffix is 60 characters.
▒▒▒ 4.9 ■ File Transfer Setup ▒▒▒
There are four areas to the File Transfer Setup dialog box.  They are
Protocol Transfer Settings, ASCII Upload Settings, and Capture Log Settings.
The ~Protocol Transfer Settings~2399 are in the upper half of the dialog box,
covering Zmodem Crash Recovery, CompuServe QuickB+ Transfers, Auto
Zmodem Download, Download Dir, and Upload Dir settings.
The ~ASCII Upload Settings~2402 are in the lower left of the dialog box, and
cover the Line Pacing, Character Pacing, and Line Expansion settings.
The ~Capture Log Settings~2405 are in the lower right of the dialog box, and
cover the Capture ANSI, Capture RIPscrip, and Capture Doorway settings.
▒▒▒ 4.9.1 ■ Protocol Transfer Settings ▒▒▒
The Protocol Transfer Settings are in the upper half of the dialog box,
covering the Zmodem Crash Recovery, CompuServe QuickB+ Transfers, Auto
Zmodem Download, Download Dir, and Upload Dir settings.

┌───────────────────────┐
│ Zmodem Crash Recovery │
└───────────────────────┘
This option controls whether Zmodem should attempt to recover from a
failed transmission.  In the event that a file transfer was aborted for
whatever reason, Zmodem can pick up where it left off, if possible, and
continue retrieving the file.  This can save a lot of time, especially if
you are transferring large files on unstable line conditions.
If this option is selected, then Zmodem automatically tries to resume where
it left off.  This is the default selection.
If this mode is not enabled, then Zmodem will re-transmit the entire file
over again from the beginning, erasing the previous aborted attempt.

┌──────────────────────────────┐
│ CompuServe QuickB+ Transfers │
└──────────────────────────────┘
If you are connected to CompuServe, or any system that uses a 7 Bit
connection, QuickB+ is optimized for these connections.
Normally, you would leave this option selected, unless you needed to
prevent a host from using it for some reason.

    ~ More ~2400
▒▒▒ 4.9.1 ■ Protocol Transfer Settings ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────┐
│ Auto Zmodem Download │
└──────────────────────┘
Zmodem downloads can be begun automatically the moment the host starts the
transfer.  A Zmodem download can easily be spotted if you see the sequence
"**" on your screen.  If PRODNAME sees this sequence, and the Auto Zmodem
Download option is enabled, it will automatically begin the Zmodem
transfer without you having to intervene - making the process simpler.
This option is selected by default.
If for some reason this operation is not desirable, this option is
provided so that you can disable this.  When disabled, you will need to
initiate the Zmodem download (receive) on your own.

    ~ More ~2401
▒▒▒ 4.9.1 ■ Protocol Transfer Settings ▒▒▒
┌──────────────┐
│ Download Dir │
└──────────────┘
The download directory setting allows you to determine where files that
are downloaded (received) from a host will be stored on your hard disk.
By default, PRODNAME will place files that are downloaded into the current
PRODNAME directory (for example, C:\CAPNAME\).  You can plug in your own
directory name in this field if you wish to place files into another
location.  This option is most often used to prevent files in your PRODNAME
runtime directory from being overwritten, or from cluttering up your
PRODNAME directory with a lot of files.
NOTE: Your file transfer will FAIL if the directory specified does not
      exist!  COMPANY Tech Support gets this question all the time!
      See Appendix A.5.3 ■ My File Transfers Fail Immediately for other
      possible causes and solutions.

┌────────────┐
│ Upload Dir │
└────────────┘
The upload directory setting allows you to instruct PRODNAME where files
that you will upload (send) to a host are located.  By default, files are
assumed to be in the local PRODNAME directory.  Any directory specified
must correspond to an existing DOS directory.
You are not restricted to uploading files from this directory only.  If
you wish to upload a file from some other directory, you do not have to
alter this setting if you don't want to.  When prompted to enter a
filename to upload, simply type the path to the file directly.  PRODNAME is
smart enough to recognize that you gave it an full path and filename, and
will temporarily override the upload directory setting.
You can use the standard DOS * and ? wildcards to specify a number of
files if desired.
▒▒▒ 4.9.2 ■ ASCII Upload Settings ▒▒▒
The ASCII Upload Settings are in the lower left of the dialog box, and
cover the ~Line Pacing, Character Pacing~2403, and ~Line Expansion~2404 settings.
A useful aspect of ASCII uploads is that it can make a host behave EXACTLY
as if you had typed in a series of commands on the keyboard.  So if you
have an intricate series of commands that you always have to enter, you
can use a Keystroke Macro, or you can use a text file containing the
commands, and ASCII Upload it to the host.  You may have to tweak your
ASCII Upload Settings to get it to work right, but it is VERY useful.
This option modifies the default settings for ASCII (text) uploads.  Some
hosts are picky about how fast they can take text data being uploaded to
them.  With this in mind, you can set a short delay in between each line
of text sent to the host, and/or you can set a delay in between each
character sent to the host.  Fine tuning this can make ASCII text uploads
fast and the most optimized they can be for the host you call.
▒▒▒ 4.9.2 ■ ASCII Upload Settings ▒▒▒

┌─────────────┐
│ Line Pacing │
└─────────────┘
Sometimes when uploading ASCII files to a host, it is necessary to pause
in between each line so that the host can process the data.  If you find
that data is becoming lost, or garbled by the host when you perform an
ASCII upload, you may need to increase the Line Pacing option for ASCII
uploads.
You specify a time value in 1/10ths of a second.  Therefore, if you
specify a value of 11, it would be a 1.1 second pause in between lines.

┌──────────────────┐
│ Character Pacing │
└──────────────────┘
Under some circumstances, when performing an ASCII upload to a host, it is
necessary to insert pauses in between each character that is sent to the
host.  This may be necessary in situations where the host must process
each character as it is sent, rather than every line of text sent.
You specify a time value in 1/10ths of a second.  Therefore, if you
specify a value of 11, it would be a 1.1 second pause in between lines.
▒▒▒ 4.9.2 ■ ASCII Upload Settings ▒▒▒

┌────────────────┐
│ Line Expansion │
└────────────────┘
When this option is chosen, PRODNAME will expand blank lines that are
uploaded in ASCII mode to a space character followed by a carriage
return.  This tricks the host into thinking that you typed something on
every line, but the lines still show up as a blank.
Turn this option off if you do not want blank line expansion to be
enabled.
This is often the case with some e-mail editors.  For example, if you
upload a text file into an e-mail message on a host and the file has blank
lines in it, when that blank line is uploaded to the system it might
(depending on the host package) show a command prompt instead of accepting
the blank line as "raw text".  PRODNAME allows you to "transform" blank
lines into a single space character followed by a carriage return.  This
in effect, tricks the host into thinking you typed something in, but at
the same time makes it look like a real blank line in your message.
▒▒▒ 4.9.3 ■ Capture Log Settings ▒▒▒
The Capture Log Settings are in the lower right of the dialog box, and
cover the Capture ANSI, Capture RIPscrip, and Capture Doorway settings.
When you turn on the Log Text to File option in the File menu, these
settings control what is captured, and what is ignored.
For more information on ANSI, RIPscrip, and Doorway, refer to the Emulation
options shown in Section 3.4 ■ The Options Menu.

┌──────────────┐
│ Capture ANSI │
└──────────────┘
Captures the ANSI text color and positioning commands.

┌──────────────────┐
│ Capture RIPscrip │
└──────────────────┘
Captures all RIPscrip commands received.

┌─────────────────┐
│ Capture Doorway │
└─────────────────┘
Captures any Doorway commands sent from the host.

▒▒▒ 4.0.1 ■ PRODNAME Setup - What Is Saved? ▒▒▒

    ■ General Setup
    ■ Modem Setup
    ■ Serial Port IRQ Interrupt settings (for all four ports)
    ■ Serial Port I/O Address settings (for all four ports)
    ■ Modem Prefix/Suffix Setup
    ■ File Transfer Setup
    ■ System Font setting
    ■ Printer Setup
    ■ Graphics mode ID value
    ■ Audio Configuration
    ■ Dialing Directory "toggle" mode
    ■ Status Bar On/Off
    ■ Terminal Emulation settings from Options Menu
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒
Displayed at the top of the Dialing Directory dialog box is the name of
the directory file in use (the default is CAPNAME.PHO).  Whenever you
change Dialing Directory files, this will change to reflect the current
file in use.
The middle area of the dialog box lists the host systems that have been
entered for you to call.  Seventeen hosts are displayed at once, and each
directory can contain up to 1,000 entries.  You can scroll through the
available hosts by using the scroll bar at the right side of the screen.
The UP ARROW, DOWN ARROW, PGUP, PGDN, HOME, and END keys work intuitively.
To select an item, you can just type it's number.  The Mark Entries dialog
pops up to allow you to select items.  See the description of the Mark
button below for more details.
The default display shows System Name, Phone Number, and Directory.
See the Toggle button below for all the available displays.

              ~ Click to see the Dialing Directory dialog box: ~2408
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
││                     Dialing Directory: CAPNAME.PHO                      ││
│├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
││┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─┐││
│││  1: The Vector Sector                                               ││││
│││  2: <blank>                                                         ├─┤││
│││  3: <blank>                                                         │█│││
│││  4: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││  5: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││  6: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││  7: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││  8: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││  9: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 10: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 11: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 12: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 13: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 14: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 15: <blank>                                                         │ │││
│││ 16: <blank>                                                         ├─┤││
│││ 17: <blank>                                                         ││││
││└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┴─┘││
││┌────────┬────────┬────────┬────────┬────────┬────────┬────────┬────────┐││
│││~  Edit  ~2409│~  Mark  ~2410│~ Unmark ~2412│~ SaveAs ~2413│~  Load  ~2414│~  Find  ~2415│~ Create ~2416│~  Swap  ~2417│││
││├────────┼────────┼────────┼────────┼────────┼────────┼────────┼────────┤││
│││~  Dial  ~2418│~ Cancel ~2419│~  Kill  ~2420│~ Print  ~2421│~ Toggle ~2423│~  Add   ~2426│~  Help  ~2427│~  Sort  ~2842│││
││└────────┴────────┴────────┴────────┴────────┴────────┴────────┴────────┘││
│└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
There are sixteen buttons at the bottom of the dialog box to choose from.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Edit  │
└────────┘
Clicking this button edits the currently selected entries.  An editing
dialog box will appear for each host selected allowing you to edit each
host's characteristics.  See Section 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory
Entries for details on editing entries.

                ~ The Dialing Directory Entry Editor ~2429
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Mark  │
└────────┘
This option will mark (select) one or more Dialing Directory entries. When
selected, a dialog box will appear prompting you to enter which entries to
select.  In this dialog box, you can enter one or more numbers indicating
which directory entry(s) to select.  There are a number of options you may
choose from for selecting entries.  Some examples are:

    Examples:
    ---------
        1            ... Selects entry 1
        1, 2, 3      ... Selects entries 1, 2 and 3
        1 2 3        ... Selects entries 1, 2 and 3
        1;2;3        ... Selects entries 1, 2 and 3
        1-10         ... Selects entries 1 through 10
        15-          ... Selects entries 15 to the end (100)
        -5           ... Selects from Start (1) to entry 5
        -            ... Selects ALL entries
        1-5, 10, 95- ... Selects 1-5, 10 and 95-100
In addition, you can also specify a "Mark Merge".  This mode allows you to
combine your Marked entries with any entries that are already marked.  To
use Mark Merge mode, enter a plus sign (+) as the first character.  For
example, if entries 3 and 5 are selected, and you mark "+ 10-15", then
entries 3, 5, and 10-15 will be selected.

                                ~ More ~2411
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒
One final option is the Mark Exclude mode.  This mode is similar to Mark
Merge, except that all entries EXCEPT those selected are marked.  In other
words, anything that you would think would be selected, would not be, and
anything that shouldn't be selected, will be!  This odd way of doing
things can become very handy when combined with some of the other options
in the Dialing Directory.  To choose Mark Exclude mode, specify an
exclamation mark (!) as the first character.
You can combine Mark Merge, and Mark Exclude modes together.  To do this,
enter the sequence "+!" as the first two characters in the dialog box.
Mark Mode will be automatically chosen if you begin typing something that
appears to be a mark sequence.  In other words, you do not have to select
Mark mode in order to Mark entries. For example, from the Dialing
Directory dialog box, simply typing "1" will bring up the Mark dialog and
place "1" in the editing field automatically and allow you to continue
typing in your Mark expression.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Unmark │
└────────┘
This will de-select any previously selected directory entries.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ SaveAs │
└────────┘
This option will save either the entire Dialing Directory (or just the
selected entries) to another directory file.  This allows you to create
new directory files quickly and easily for specific purposes.  If one or
more entries are selected, only those entries are copied to the new
file.  If no entries are selected, then the entire Dialing Directory
file is copied.  You will be prompted to enter the destination filename.
If the destination file exists, it is checked to see if it is a PRODNAME
Dialing Directory file.  If it is, you will be prompted to either merge
the selected entries into the destination file, or to overwrite the
file with just the selected entries.
In the event that the destination file becomes full, a message to the
effect will be displayed informing you how many entries couldn't be
copied.
This "directory merge" feature is unique to PRODNAME.
NOTE: Modifications to the Dialing Directory are automatically saved to
      the current directory file.  You do not need to choose SAVE AS every
      time you add or edit an entry.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Load  │
└────────┘
This option allows you to load up another Dialing Directory file.  The
current directory file will be closed and the specified file will be
loaded in its place.  All entries are de-selected, and the window will
automatically display the newly loaded entries.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Find  │
└────────┘
This option will select one or more entries that contain the specified
search text.  Once you choose this option, a dialog box will appear
prompting you to enter a string to search for throughout the Dialing
Directory.  Any entries that contain the chosen text will be automatically
selected.  Search is not case sensitive.  The System Name, all three Phone
Numbers, the User-ID, Password, System ID, and Notes fields are searched
for the string.  Text can appear anywhere in any of these eight fields and
will still be found.
You may choose Find Merge mode or Find Exclude mode (or both) exactly the
same way as you can with the Mark mode.  The command characters (+ and !)
are not added to the search string, and must be the first characters
specified in the search string.  Merge mode can be quite useful if you
wish to select all entries in a specific area code, or that contain a
common theme (like "business" or "daily").
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Create │
└────────┘
This option creates a new Dialing Directory file.  You are prompted for
the number of entries the new file is to contain, and the name of the new
Dialing Directory file.  You are then asked to confirm that you really
want to create the new file.  If you click OK without a filename, nothing
is done.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒
This option will let you swap two directory entries that are currently
highlighted.  This permits you to move one entry into the place of
another and vice versa.  Use this option to re-organize the way that
your directory entries are organized.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Dial  │
└────────┘
Selecting Dial calls one or more selected directory entries.  If more than
one entry is selected, they will be dialed in numerical order.  If a
connection is established to any host, it will be de-selected in the
Dialing Directory so that later re-entry into the directory will allow you
to dial the remaining hosts.  This option is automatically selected if you
press ENTER if at least one directory entry is selected.

                        ~ The Dialing Window ~2452
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Cancel │
└────────┘
This will exit the Dialing Directory dialog box, and return you the to
session screen.  Any previously selected entries will remain selected next
time you enter the directory.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Kill  │
└────────┘
This option will delete all selected directory entries.  You are
prompted with Erase Only, or Remove Entirely (Pack)?  Erase Only just
clears the entries selected to <blank>.  Remove Entirely move the other
entries in the Dialing Directory up to fill in the gaps.
You will be prompted to make absolutely sure that you truly wish to erase
the entries.  All calling statistics for those entries will be erased as
well.  Once an option is killed, it is permanently deleted.  If no entries
are selected, this option has no effect.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Print  │
└────────┘
This prints just the Dialing Directory entries selected, or the entire
directory if no entries are selected.
The output can be directed to a printer or a file.
Choosing the disk option will prompt you for a filename, and if you wish
to append to the file, or overwrite any file by that name.
Before printing or saving occurs, you will be asked what type of output
you wish.  You have two choices: Detailed Listing, or Tabular Listing.
Specifying Detailed Listing will output a multi-line record for each entry.
The format of detailed breakdown mode is as follows:

                      ~ Click here for more info ~2422
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   ENTRY #: 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Name: The Vector Sector          Phone-2: 714/379-2134
   Phone-1: 714/379-2133               Phone-3: 714/379-3135
  SystemID: TELEGRFX                   User-ID: SysopJim
  Connects: 0                         Password:
 Last Date: --/--/----                  VT-102: NO
    Prefix: Default                   COM Port: Default
    Suffix: Default                  Baud Rate: Default
 BS Destr.: NO                       Data Bits: Default
 BS Delete: NO                          Parity: Default
Local echo: NO                       Stop Bits: Default
 Use modem: Default               Flow Control: None
 Baud Lock: NO                       Add CR/LF: NO
     Notes: Home of RIPscrip graphics
Tabular Listing will print one entry per line, formatted for an 80-column
display:
                                          Baud   COM         Last   Mod
Host Name            Host Phone Number    Rate  Val # Calls  Call    ? Direc.
===============================================================================
The Vector Sector    714/379-2133        ------ --- -     0 --/--/-- - TELEGRFX
                     714/379-2134
                     714/379-3135
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Toggle │
└────────┘
Toggle alters what information is displayed in the Dialing Directory
window.  By default, the following information is displayed on each line
in the window:

─#─ ──────System Name─────── ──────Phone Number───── ─Directory──

    Entry #
    Host System Name
    Phone Number
    System ID (Directory)
There are six different toggle settings available, displaying all the
various information that can be set in the Entry Editor.  The alternate
toggles are:

─#─ ──────System Name───── Port ─Baud─ D P S CT L ──Flow──

    Entry #
    Host System Name
    COM Port
    Baud Rate                   ┐
    Data Bits                   │
    Parity                      │
    Stop Bits                   ├ Show dashes if no Custom Port Config
    Connection (MoDem or SeRial)│
    Port Lock                   │
    Flow Control                ┘

                 ~ Click here for more toggle modes ~2424
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

─#─ ──────System Name─────── ────────────────Notes───────────────

    Entry #
    Host System Name
    Notes

─#─ ──────System Name─────── LastCall Total# Emulat E C BD BK P S

    Entry #
    Host System Name
    Date of Last Call
    Total Number of Calls
    Terminal Emulation (ANSI or VT-102)
    Local Echo
    Add CR/LF
    Destructive Backspace
    Backspace Sends DEL (BS or DL)
    Prefix
    Suffix


─#─ ────System Name──── ───Phone 1─── ───Phone 2─── ───Phone 3───

    Entry #
    Host System Name
    Phone Number 1
    Phone Number 2
    Phone Number 3

                 ~ Click here for more toggle modes ~2425
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

─#─ ──────System Name─────── ───────User-ID────── ───Password────

    Entry #
    Host System Name
    User-ID
    Password
This is a simple toggle.  Each time you choose this option, the
information displayed will change to the next mode.
Your favorite toggle setting can be saved to your permanent PRODNAME
setup.  To do this, choose the toggle mode you like the best, exit the
Dialing Directory, then choose Save Setup from the Setup Menu.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Add   │
└────────┘
Add the selected number of entries to the end of the current Dialing
Directory file.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Help  │
└────────┘
This option displays who really killed JFK.
▒▒▒ 5.2 ■ The Dialing Directory ▒▒▒

        <<< DELETE THIS MESSAGE BEFORE THE NEXT RE-BUILD >>>
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
││                        Edit Directory Entry #1                          ││
│├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
││                ┌─────────────────────────┐              ┌───────────┬─┐ ││
││    ~System Name~2433 │The Vector Sector        │     ~Prefix #~2436 │ Default   ││ ││
││                ├─────────────────────────┤              ├───────────┼─┤ ││
││ ~Phone Number 1~2434 │714/379-2133             │     ~Suffix #~2437 │ Default   ││ ││
││                ├─────────────────────────┤              ├───────────┴─┤ ││
││ ~Phone Number 2~2434 │714/379-2134             │   ~System Dir~2438 │             │ ││
││                ├─────────────────────────┤              ├─────────────┤ ││
││ ~Phone Number 3~2434 │714/379-2135             │      ~User-ID~2440 │             │ ││
││                ├─────────────────────────┤              ├─────────────┤ ││
││          ~Notes~2435 │Home of RIPscrip graphics│     ~Password~2441 │             │ ││
││                └─────────────────────────┘              └─────────────┘ ││
││     ~VT-102~2442 [ ]  ~Local Echo~2443 [ ]  ~Destruct. BS~2444 [ ]  ~Hide UserID & P/W~2445 [ ] ││
││ ~CustomPort~2446 [ ]   ~Add CR/LF~2447 [ ]  ~BS Sends DEL~2448 [ ]  ~Restricted Access~2449 [ ] ││
│├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
││           ┌────────────┬─┐                         ┌──────────────────┐ ││
││  ~COM Port~2450 │ COM1       ││      ~BIOS COM Port [ ]~2450  │~ Default Settings ~2451│ ││
││           ├────────────┼─┤                         └──────────────────┘ ││
││ ~Baud Rate~2450 │ 19,200     ││          ~Port Lock [X]~2450  ┌──────────────────┐ ││
││           ├────────────┼─┤                         │~ Active Settings  ~2451│ ││
││ ~Data Bits~2450 │ 8 Bits     ││   ~Modem Connection [X]~2450  └──────────────────┘ ││
││           ├────────────┼─┤                         ┌──────────────────┐ ││
││    ~Parity~2450 │ No Parity  ││            ~RTS/CTS (■)~2450  │~    Set 8-N-1     ~2451│ ││
││           ├────────────┼─┤                         └──────────────────┘ ││
││ ~Stop Bits~2450 │ 1 Stop Bit ││           ~XON/XOFF ( )~2450  ┌──────────────────┐ ││
││           └────────────┴─┘                         │~    Set 7-E-1     ~2451│ ││
││                                                    └──────────────────┘ ││
││           ┌────────┐          ┌────────┐          ┌────────┐            ││
││           │~   OK   ~2430│          │~ Cancel ~2431│          │~  Help  ~2432│            ││
││           └────────┘          └────────┘          └────────┘            ││
│└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│   OK   │
└────────┘
This will accept any changes you have made and return you to the Dialing
Directory dialog box.  Any changes you made in the editor will be
reflected in the directory window.  If you have selected multiple entries
to edit, then the remaining entries (if any) that haven't been edited will
be edited before you are returned to the directory screen.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Cancel │
└────────┘
This will cancel any modifications you have made in the directory editor.
You will be returned to the Dialing Directory automatically.  If you have
chosen to edit multiple directory entries (by selecting more than one),
and there are entries that haven't been edited yet, they will be edited
before you are eventually returned to the Dialing Directory dialog box.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Help  │
└────────┘
Click Help.  Perspiring minds want to know.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ System Name ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
The System Name field is the name of the host that appears in the Dialing
Directory dialog.  This is the name that will be displayed to you whenever
you dial the host, and is used in general to describe the host.  You are
allowed 24 characters for the host name.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Phone Number 1 ■ Phone Number 2 ■ Phone Number 3 ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
These are the telephone numbers used to dial the host.  The number should
be entered EXACTLY as you would dial it yourself if you were to use a phone.
You are allowed up to 24 characters in each number.  Valid characters are
digits 0-9, hyphens, slashes, and parenthesis (if your modem allows them).
You may use a comma (,) for a two or three second pause (depending on your
modem) Check your modem's documentation to determine the delay value.  If
you wish for PRODNAME to perform a half-second pause instead of the modem,
use a tilde.
NOTE: If Use Modem is NOT selected, the Phone Number 1 field is
      transmitted without prefix or suffix as the activation string for
      the direct connection to the host.  Some systems require just a CR
      (Control-M or ^m) as the activation string.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Notes ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This is a field where you may enter some comments or notes.  It is strictly
for your convenience.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Prefix # ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option lets you select the Dialing Prefix to use.  Usually, the best
choice is Default, unless you have a need for a particular prefix.
See Section 4.7 ■ Modem Dialing Prefixes for full details on prefixes.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Suffix # ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option lets you select the Dialing Suffix to use.  Usually, the best
choice is Default, unless you have a need for a particular suffix.
See Section 4.7 ■ Modem Dialing Prefixes for full details on suffixes.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ System Dir ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
Each entry in the directory can have a sub-directory associated with it.
This directory is used when RIPscrip graphics are being viewed on the
host.  Any icon, RIPscrip, sound, or image files that are sent by the host
are automatically placed in the System Dir.  This in effect, helps keep
your icons separated from each other.
If you omit a directory name in this field, and you dial into a RIPscrip
host that requires icons or RIPscrip files, PRODNAME will look for them
automatically in the ICONS\ sub-directory.  It is recommended that you
keep host specific files in their proper sub-directories so as to keep
files with the same name from overwriting each other.
You do not need to create the sub-directory yourself.  PRODNAME will create
it for you automatically.
If the System Dir field is not blank, PRODNAME checks in that directory
FIRST for any necessary files.  If the files are not found in that
sub-directory, PRODNAME will check the ICONS\ sub-directory afterward to
see if it is there.  This facilitates the concept of "file override".
This "file override" is best explained by an example.  Let's say you call
several different RIPscrip hosts.  Each of them have numerous icons that
they use for their host.  Now as you are probably aware, the sysop of each
host thinks of his host as the only host in the world.  With that in mind,
they do not give a great amount of thought to the names that they give
their icon or RIPscrip files (i.e., not considering that other hosts might
have files with the same names).  Files like EMAIL.BMP or FILES.BMP would
be used on nearly any host!  If all these files were located in the same
directory, only the very latest files would be used when you call a host!

        ~CONTINUED~2439
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries (cont) ▒▒▒
In other words, when you call host XYZ, you might see host ABC's EMAIL
icon! This is obviously not how it should work.  With this in mind,
keeping files in separate sub-directories resolves this problem quite
nicely.  Even if a sysop chooses to use the standard PRODNAME EMAIL icon,
he can do that too. All he has to do is NOT provide you with his own EMAIL
icon.  PRODNAME would first check host XYZ's directory, and after finding
that the file is not there, would check the ICONS\ directory and find it
there.  This way, the sysop has the ability to override standard icons
with his own without affecting the standard icons.
Keep in mind, that if you dial a host by type modem commands directly (not
using the Dialing Directory), then the correct directory may not be used
since PRODNAME has no way of knowing which Dialing Directory entry you are
calling.  In other words, you should use the Dialing Directory to call ALL
RIPscrip hosts!  You can use the Manual Connect option to dial a host and
set the correct System Dir.
NOTE: PRODNAME supports an automatic file transfer mode. This mode allows
      hosts to send files to your computer for subsequent use.  Any files
      received in this mode are automatically placed in the proper System
      Dir.  If no System Dir is defined, then the ICONS\ sub-directory is
      used as the destination sub-directory.  The Download Directory as
      set in the File Transfer Settings dialog box is not used in this
      situation as the destination directory.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ User-ID ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
The User-ID field is simply a comment field for you to keep track of your
account for this system.  PRODNAME makes no use of this information, and
the host can not get at this information in any way.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Password ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
The Password field is simply a comment field for you to keep track of
your password for this system.  PRODNAME makes no use of this information,
and the host can not get at this information in any way.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ VT-102 ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This enables VT-102 terminal emulation automatically when you connect to
this system, if selected.
See Section 3.4 ■ The Options Menu (Alt-O) for details on VT-102 emulation.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Local Echo ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
Local Echo sends every character you type directly to the screen.  If you
are seeing every character twice, then you need to turn this option OFF.
See Section 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings for more details on Local Echo.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Destruct. BS ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
A Destructive Backspace means that when you press the Backspace key on
your keyboard, it ERASES the character immediately to the left of the
cursor.  If Destructive Backspace is disabled, then the cursor simply
moves one character cell to the left.
Destructive Backspace defaults to ON.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Hide UserID & P/W ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option is ghosted, and does nothing in this release of PRODNAME.  In
the future, this option will be used to keep your User-ID and Password
fields secret.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ CustomPort ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
Selecting the Custom Port option enables the bottom half of the dialog,
and allows you to use the settings at the bottom of the screen.
These settings now override the settings in your Modem Setup and Dialing
Prefixes Setup.
See Section 5.2.2 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries Custom Port Settings
below for details on setting all these options.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Add CR/LF ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option adds a carriage return (CR or Control-M) and a Line Feed (LF or
Control-J) to the end of every line of text received.
Normally, this is not necessary.  Some hosts however, require that CR/LF's
be ON for you to see text properly.  Normally, this option is OFF.
If text coming across the modem does not move to the next line, then you
need to turn Add CR/LF ON.
If every line of text is separated by a blank line, then you need to turn
Add CR/LF OFF.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ BS Sends DEL ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
Some hosts don't recognize the Backspace key.  They use the Delete key
instead.  For your convenience, you can enable BS Sends DEL to tell
PRODNAME make Backspace act just like Delete was pressed when Backspace the
key actually used.
▒▒▒ 5.2.1 ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries ▒▒▒

▒▒▒ Restricted Access ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option is ghosted, and does nothing in this release of PRODNAME.  It
is included for future expansion.
▒▒▒ 5.2.2   ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries Custom Port Settings ▒▒▒
The entire bottom half of the Edit Dialing Directory Entries dialog is
devoted to custom settings for an entry.  Selecting the Custom Port option
enables the bottom half of the dialog, and these settings now override
your default settings.

▒▒▒ COM Port, Baud Rate, Data Bits, Parity, and Stop Bits ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
See Section 4.6.2 ■ Modem Port Settings for information on these options.

▒▒▒ BIOS COM Port ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option is not available in the current release of PRODNAME.

▒▒▒ Port Lock ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
This option keeps the computer to modem speed constant.
See Section 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings for information on this option.

▒▒▒ Modem Connection ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
If Modem Connection is selected, PRODNAME knows that it is connected to a
modem. This is the normal, default situation.  PRODNAME send the "Modem
Init" command string to the modem when it starts up.
If you are using PRODNAME to connect directly to another computer via a
serial link (for example, by using a null modem cable), then you would
want to select Another Computer.

▒▒▒ RTS/CTS and XON/XOFF ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒
These options are for received data Flow Control.
See Section 4.6.3 ■ Modem General Settings for information on this option.
▒▒▒ 5.2.2   ■ Editing Dialing Directory Entries Custom Port Settings ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────┐
│ Default Settings │
└──────────────────┘
This button takes the active settings from the Modem Setup dialog and
enters them into the fields for you.  This is a handy way to get back to
your starting point.

┌──────────────────┐
│ Active Settings  │
└──────────────────┘
This button takes whatever settings may have been changed by connecting to
a particular host.  In most cases, this button will behave exactly the
same as the Default Settings button.

┌──────────────────┐
│    Set 8-N-1     │
└──────────────────┘
This button sets the Data Bits to 8, Parity to None, and Stop Bits to 1.
This is the most common settings for connecting to a remote system.

┌──────────────────┐
│    Set 7-E-1     │
└──────────────────┘
This button sets the Data Bits to 7, Parity to Even, and Stop Bits to 1.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒
The Dialing Window appears when PRODNAME is dialing the modem.  This window
displays the number of seconds elapsed, the time the first dialing
started, the time of the current dialing started, the telephone number,
the time remaining until this dialing is aborted, and the status of the
current dialing attempt.

    ┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
    │┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
    ││                 Dialing Host System                  ││
    │├──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
    ││                ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ││
    ││    ~System Name~2453 │ The Vector Sector                 │ ││
    ││                └───────────────────────────────────┘ ││
    ││                ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ││
    ││   ~Phone Number~2454 │ 714/379-2133                      │ ││
    ││                └───────────────────────────────────┘ ││
    ││                ┌──────────┐                 ┌──────┐ ││
    ││     ~Start Time~2455 │ hh:mm:ss │       ~Attempt #~2457 │ 1    │ ││
    ││                └──────────┘                 └──────┘ ││
    ││                ┌──────────┐                 ┌────┬─┐ ││
    ││   ~Current Time~2456 │ hh:mm:ss │  ~Time Remaining~2458 │ 42 ││ ││
    ││                └──────────┘                 └────┴─┘ ││
    ││                ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ││
    ││         ~Status~2459 │ Dialing...                        │ ││
    ││                └───────────────────────────────────┘ ││
    ││    ┌────────┐  ┌────────┐  ┌────────┐  ┌────────┐    ││
    ││    │~ Cancel ~2461│  │~ Cycle  ~2462│  │~ Remove ~2463│  │~  Help  ~2464│    ││
    ││    └────────┘  └────────┘  └────────┘  └────────┘    ││
    │└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
    └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌─────────────┐
│ System Name │
└─────────────┘
This field displays the name of the host that is being dialed.  This field
may be blank if you choose to dial via Manual Connect.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌──────────────┐
│ Phone Number │
└──────────────┘
This displays the telephone number that is being used when dialing the
designated host.  It is shown in this field exactly as it is transmitted
to the modem.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────────┐
│ Start Time │
└────────────┘
This field shows the time that the modem began trying to dial out.  As the
modem cycles through the various attempts to connect, this time does not
change.  The format of this field is HH:MM:SS (hours, minutes, seconds).
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌──────────────┐
│ Current Time │
└──────────────┘
This field displays the current time.  This field will constantly change
as the dialing progresses.  It is intended to give you a visual reference
to the time, compared to the start time.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌───────────┐
│ Attempt # │
└───────────┘
This shows how many tries have been made thus far for all phone numbers
selected.  If the host is busy, then it will try again after a brief
pause.  The maximum number of attempts is set in the Modem Setup dialog.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────────────┐
│ Time Remaining │
└────────────────┘
This message displays how many seconds remain before the current dialing
attempt will terminate.  By default, redial time is set to 45 seconds, but
this can be changed from within the Modem Setup dialog box.  High speed
modems, or long distance calls frequently need more than 45 seconds to
complete an outgoing call. To the right of this field are two small
arrows, an UP arrow, and a DOWN arrow.  These are for temporarily
increasing or decreasing the redial time for the rest of these dialing
attempts.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Status │
└────────┘
Periodically through the dialing process, various status messages may need
to be displayed to give you more information on what is going on.  Of the
various messages, you might see things like, "Host is Busy. Redialing...",
or "Time elapsed without connection".  This is used to tell you what is
going on.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│   OK   │
└────────┘
This returns you to the session screen.  It does NOT abort the current
dialing attempt.  This is handy if the connection is beginning, and you
need to access another feature in PRODNAME.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Cancel │
└────────┘
This option will stop dialing.  You will be returned to the session
screen.  Any systems that you were trying to dial will remain selected the
next time you enter the Dialing Directory.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Cycle  │
└────────┘
This is used when you have selected some entries to dial.  By clicking
on Cycle, it will stop calling whichever host is currently being dialed,
and will go to the next host selected in your dialing list and begin to
dial that number.  If you are only dialing one host, this will stop the
current dialing attempt and re-dial the same number again.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Remove │
└────────┘
This option will remove an entry from your dial list.  What this means is
that whatever host is currently being dialed will have its dialing attempt
stopped, and then it will be de-selected in the Dialing Directory, then
PRODNAME will attempt to dial the next selected number (if any).  If no
more entries are available in the dialing list, PRODNAME will abort all
dialing and return to the session screen.
▒▒▒ 5.2.5 ■ The Dialing Window ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Help  │
└────────┘
The 5,023,109th time you click this button, it will do exactly the same
thing it did in all the previous attempts.

▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒
Keystroke Macros are your own keyboard shortcuts.  For example, you can
instruct PRODNAME to make the F5 key type your user-id and press <ENTER>
for you.  This would allow you to log-on quickly by simply pressing a
single key. PRODNAME's macro system is easy to use, and very powerful!  You
can save your macro keys to the default macro file (CAPNAME.MAC), or if
you need to have multiple macro configurations, you can save macros to
different files.                  ~ More ~2466

┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
││                         Keystroke Macro Editor                          ││
│├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
││                                                                         ││
││                            ~Common Macros~2467 (■)                            ││
││                            ~System Macros~2467 ( )                            ││
││                ~Terminal Emulation Macros~2467 ( )                            ││
││                                                                         ││
│├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
││         Keystroke ... Macro Replacement Text                            ││
││┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─┐││
│││  Control-Shift-S ... Sample Macro^m                                 ││││
│││                                                                     ├─┤││
│││                                                                     │ │││
│││                                                                     │ │││
│││                                                                     │ │││
│││                                                                     │ │││
│││                                                                     ├─┤││
│││                                                                     ││││
││└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┴─┘││
││ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ┌──────┐ ││
││ │~  OK  ~2468│ │~ Edit ~2469│ │~ Add  ~2470│ │~Delete~2471│ │~ Save ~2472│ │~ Load ~2473│ │~Clear ~2474│ │~ Help ~2475│ ││
││ └──────┘ └──────┘ └──────┘ └──────┘ └──────┘ └──────┘ └──────┘ └──────┘ ││
│└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒
When selecting macros to edit/delete, you may click on an existing macro,
then click EDIT or DELETE.  To select multiple macros to edit or delete,
click on each macro while holding down the SHIFT key.

PRODNAME uses several different macro files.  Common Macros are stored in
CAPNAME.MAC.  System Macros are macros for a particular host, and are
named using the System Dir field.  The Terminal Emulation files included
with PRODNAME are VT102.MAC and ANSI.MAC.
You may store multiple macros into Macro .MAC Files for future use.  You
may have as many macro files as you wish limited only by the amount of
available disk space.
System Macros have the highest precedence, then Common Macros, and finally
Terminal Emulation.  For example, if you have a System Macro that uses the
SAME KEYSTROKE as a Common Macro, it OVERRIDES the Common Macro.
SYSTEM MACROS ARE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE IN THIS RELEASE OF CAPNAME!!!
NOTE: PRODNAME uses most all of the Alt and Ctrl-Alt combinations for its
      menus.  If you create a macro using these key combinations, they
      will NOT work, because they are overridden by the menus.  PRODNAME
      specifically does NOT make use of any of the function keys, so you
      have them all to yourself for keystroke macros.


          ~▒▒▒ 5.3.1 ■ Control Characters in Keystroke Macros ▒▒▒~2476
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌───────────────┐
│ Common Macros │
└───────────────┘
Common macros are available at all times at the session screen in PRODNAME.

┌───────────────┐
│ System Macros │
└───────────────┘
SYSTEM MACROS ARE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE IN THIS RELEASE OF CAPNAME!!!
System Macros are macros for a particular host, and are stored in the
PRODNAME directory.
The name of the macro file is the same as the System Dir with .MAC on the
end.  For example, if you have VECTSECT in your System Dir field in the
Dialing Directory, then the System Macro file would be VECTSECT.MAC.
NOTE: The System Macros are loaded automatically when you dial that host.
      If you don't have a System Dir entered for the current host, the
      System Macros will not be loaded.

┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Terminal Emulation Macros │
└───────────────────────────┘

PRODNAME supports two Terminal Emulation Macro sets: VT-102 and ANSI. These
are loaded automatically, depending on the Terminal Emulation setting in
either Modem Setup or the current Dialing Directory entry being dialed.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌────┐
│ OK │
└────┘
OK exits the Keystroke Macro Editor and returns to the session screen.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌──────┐
│ Edit │
└──────┘
Edits any selected macros.  If no macros are selected, you are prompted to
select some first.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌─────┐
│ Add │
└─────┘
This option is for adding more macros to the currently selected macro type.
When you click Add, you are first prompted for the keystroke to assign the
macro to.  For example, if you wanted to record a macro for the F5 key,
simply press the F5 key.  You may specify a combination of CTRL, ALT or
SHIFT keys as well.  PRODNAME's macro editor allows you to define literally
hundreds of macros using nearly as complex a keystroke as you want.
WARNING: You would never want to create macros using just a single letter,
         or using control characters [such as CTRL-M (return) or CTRL-H
         (backspace)]. If you did, you would not be able to type without
         these macros being triggered.  This would make it difficult to
         use PRODNAME with the keyboard.
NOTE: PRODNAME uses most all of the Alt and Ctrl-Alt combinations for its
      menus.  If you create a macro using these key combinations, they
      will NOT work, because they are overridden by the menus.  PRODNAME
      specifically does NOT make use of any of the function keys, so you
      have them all to yourself for keystroke macros.
After entering the keystroke, enter the text that should be sent to the
host (or the modem) if this macro is entered.  In other words, enter the
text that you want to be associated with this macro.  For example, if you
wanted to send the text "Hello World" to the host when you press F5,
simply type in "Hello World".
You may enter control characters into your macros by using a caret (^),
followed by the letter of the control key you want to send.  For example,
a CTRL-C would be represented as ^C.  A carriage return (<ENTER>) is
specified as ^M.  Also, an ESCAPE is generated by the sequence ^[ ...
There are a number of different combinations of CONTROL CHARACTERS that
you may choose from (see Section 5.3.1 for more details).
In addition to control characters, you can also insert TEXT VARIABLES or
POPUP PICKLISTS into your macros.  Refer to the RIPscrip Language
specification for details on these features.
To exit the ADD mode, simply press the <SPACE> key.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Delete │
└────────┘
This will delete the currently selected macros.  You are asked if you are
really sure you want to delete them.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌──────┐
│ Save │
└──────┘
Enter the filename that you want to save your defined macros to.  The
default for Common Macros is CAPNAME.MAC.  If you do not wish to store
your existing macros in the default macro file, you can save them to a
different file.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌──────┐
│ Load │
└──────┘
Enter the filename of the macro .MAC file you wish to load.  Macro files
are contained in the current CAPNAME directory unless you have some saved
elsewhere.  The default file is CAPNAME.MAC, or you can specify your own
macro file.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌───────┐
│ Clear │
└───────┘
This option removes ALL macros in the currently selected macro type
(System, Common, or Terminal Emulation).  You are asked if you are really
sure you want to delete them.
▒▒▒ 5.3 ■ Keystroke Macro Editor ▒▒▒

┌──────┐
│ Help │
└──────┘
Clicking Help will probably bring up a blank screen.
▒▒▒ 5.3.1 ■ Control Characters in Keystroke Macros ▒▒▒
Not all hosts will allow you to use control characters.  Regardless of
that, the capability exists to send any control character in the
Keystroke Macro Editor.  The most commonly used control characters are:

    INDIVIDUAL CONTROL CHARACTERS                       VALUE
    ---------------------------------------------------------
    ^@ ... NUL ... Null byte                              0
    ^A ... SOH ... Ctrl-A (start of block)                1
    ^B ... STX ... Ctrl-B (aux. start of block)           2
    ^C ... ETX ... Ctrl-C (user break)                    3
    ^D ... EOT ... Ctrl-D (end of transfer)               4
    ^E ... ENQ ... Ctrl-E (enquire)                       5
    ^F ... ACK ... Ctrl-F (Acknowledgment)                6
    ^G ... BEL ... Ctrl-G (bell/beep)                     7
    ^H ... BS  ... Ctrl-H (backspace)                     8
    ^I ... HT  ... Ctrl-I (horizontal tab)                9
    ^J ... LF  ... Ctrl-J (line feed)                     10
    ^K ... VT  ... Ctrl-K (vertical tab)                  11
    ^L ... FF  ... Ctrl-L (top of form/clear screen)      12
    ^M ... CR  ... Ctrl-M (carriage return)               13
    ^N ... SO  ... Ctrl-N (shift out)                     14
    ^O ... SI  ... Ctrl-O (shift in)                      15
    ^P ... DLE ... Ctrl-P                                 16
    ^Q ... DC1 ... Ctrl-Q (resume data transmission/XON)  17
    ^R ... DC2 ... Ctrl-R                                 18
    ^S ... DC3 ... Ctrl-S (pause data transmission/XOFF)  19
    ^T ... DC4 ... Ctrl-T                                 20
    ^U ... NAK ... Ctrl-U (no acknowledgment/NAK)         21
    ^V ... SYN ... Ctrl-V (synchronize byte)              22
    ^W ... ETB ... Ctrl-W                                 23
    ^X ... CAN ... Ctrl-X (cancel/CAN)                    24
    ^Y ... EM  ... Ctrl-Y                                 25
    ^Z ... SUB ... Ctrl-Z (end of file)                   26

                                  ~ More ~2477
▒▒▒ 5.3.1 ■ Control Characters in Keystroke Macros ▒▒▒

    ^[ ... ESC ... Escape character (ESC)                 27
    ^\ ... FS  ...                                        28
    ^] ... GS  ...                                        29
    ^_ ... US  ...                                        31

    SPECIAL KEYSTROKES
    ----------------------
    ^[[A ... Up arrow
    ^[[B ... Down arrow
    ^[[C ... Right arrow
    ^[[D ... Left arrow
    ^[[H ... Home key
    ^[[K ... End key
    ^[[L ... Control-Home
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒
The Scrollback Buffer system allows you to view previously displayed text
information that has come across the modem.  You may set the scrollback
buffer size from 0k to 9999k of memory.  If there is not enough memory
available to hold the entire scrollback buffer, it will automatically use
your hard disk to store the oldest info.
Within scrollback, you may choose from the following options:

    OK     - Exit Scrollback to session screen
    Search - looks for a particular word or phrase
    Again  - looks for the next occurrence of the same word or phrase
    Write  - option for saving the screen or the entire buffer
    Print  - prints the content of the Scrollback Buffer
    Clear  - erases the entire Scrollback Buffer
    Help   - this information here
At the bottom of the scrollback screen are buttons for the above commands.
In addition, there is a scroll bar for scrolling up and down, paging up
and down, or moving to the beginning or end of the buffer.
NOTE: The scrollback buffer filters out ANSI color codes and RIPscrip
      commands for an uncluttered text display.

        ~ Click here for a diagram of the Scrollback Buffer Dialog ~2479
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
││                           Scrollback Buffer                            ││
│├──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┬─┤│
││                                                                      │││
││                                                                      ├─┤│
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││                                                                      │ ││
││ATZ                                                                   │ ││
││OK                                                                    │ ││
││AT&F                                                                  │ ││
││OK                                                                    │ ││
││AT&C1&D2                                                              │ ││
││OK                                                                    │█││
││AT&W                                                                  ├─┤│
││OK                                                                    │││
│└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┴─┘│
│  ┌────────┐┌────────┐┌────────┐┌────────┐┌────────┐┌────────┐┌────────┐  │
│  │~   OK   ~2480││~ Search ~2481││~ Again  ~2482││~ Write  ~2483││~ Print  ~2484││~ Clear  ~2485││~  Help  ~2486│  │
│  └────────┘└────────┘└────────┘└────────┘└────────┘└────────┘└────────┘  │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│   OK   │
└────────┘
Clicking OK returns you to the session screen.
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Search │
└────────┘
Search looks through the entire Scrollback Buffer for a certain word or
phrase, starting at the beginning of the buffer.  The search string is
highlighted in yellow when it is found.  To find the next occurrence of the
word or phrase, click Again.
The search is NOT case sensitive.
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Again  │
└────────┘
Again finds the next occurrence of the word or phrase specified in Find.
It will continue to the end of the buffer, and then say "No more matches
found".
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒
    ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
    │┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
    ││               Write Scrollback to What File?               ││
    │├────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
    ││            ┌───────────────────────────────────────────┐   ││
    ││   Filename │                                           │   ││
    ││            └───────────────────────────────────────────┘   ││
    ││       ┌────────────────┐         ┌────────────────┐        ││
    ││     ┌─┤  File Control  ├──┐    ┌─┤   Save What?   ├──┐     ││
    ││     │ └────────────────┘  │    │ └────────────────┘  │     ││
    ││     │                     │    │                     │     ││
    ││     │ (■) Append to File  │    │ (■) Current Page    │     ││
    ││     │ ( ) Overwrite File  │    │ ( ) Entire Buffer   │     ││
    ││     │                     │    │                     │     ││
    ││     └─────────────────────┘    └─────────────────────┘     ││
    ││        ┌────────┐       ┌────────┐       ┌────────┐        ││
    ││        │   OK   │       │ Cancel │       │  Help  │        ││
    ││        └────────┘       └────────┘       └────────┘        ││
    │└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘│
    └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The Filename field is the name of the file to save the buffer to.  You can
enter full path and filename information here.  If you do NOT specify a
path, the file is saved into the PRODNAME directory.
The File Control option lets you tell PRODNAME what to do if a file by the
same name already exists.  If you select Append, PRODNAME will add on to
the end of the file if it already exists, or create a new file if it
doesn't exist.  If you select Overwrite File, PRODNAME will erase any
existing file before writing the new data to the file.
The Save What? options lets you tell PRODNAME how much of the buffer you
wish to save.  You can save just the Current Page (as shown in the
Scrollback Buffer screen), or the Entire Buffer.
OK, Cancel, and Help function as expected.
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Print  │
└────────┘
The print option has three options: Current Page, Entire Buffer, and Page
Eject.
The Current Page and Entire Buffer options let you tell PRODNAME how much
of the buffer you wish to print.  You can print just the Current Page (as
shown in the Scrollback Buffer screen), or the Entire Buffer.
The Page Eject option is for ASCII, Epson, and HP LaserJet printers.  It
sends the correct command to eject the page from the printer.  Postscript
printers are not affected by this setting.
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│ Clear  │
└────────┘
This option lets you clear the entire contents of the Scrollback Buffer.
You are prompted to be sure you want to clear the buffer.
▒▒▒ 5.4 ■ View Scrollback Buffer ▒▒▒

┌────────┐
│  Help  │
└────────┘
Clicking Help reveals the secrets of the Bermuda Triangle.
▒▒▒ 5.5 ■ External Applications ▒▒▒

PRODNAME has a powerful feature which allows it to link-in external MS-DOS
programs into PRODNAME to do things quickly and easily from within the
software.  You are allowed up to ten different applications to be
programmed into PRODNAME.  At the touch of a key you can fire off one of
your application programs to do things like run Microsoft Windows (tm),
run text editors, offline mail readers or view graphics files.
What makes PRODNAME's application system even more powerful is that you can
link application programs to particular file extensions.  The significance
of this may not be readily apparent until you think about what happens
when you download files off of a host with the same extension as that of
another application program.  For example, let's say that application #5
is defined as being your PCX file viewer program.  If you link that
application to files with a .PCX extension, then whenever you download a
PCX file your viewer will be run immediately instructing it to view the
file you just downloaded!
To make situations even nicer, PRODNAME will return to MS-DOS (text mode)
and swap as much of PRODNAME's data out of your 640k conventional memory as
possible before running your application.  When running applications,
PRODNAME frees all but about 40k that must remain to reload PRODNAME when
your application is finished.

                      ~ The Application Editor ~2488
▒▒▒ 5.5.1 ■ The Application Editor ▒▒▒
    ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
    │┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐│
    ││               Edit External Applications              ││
    │├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
    ││              ┌────────────────────────────────────┬─┐ ││
    ││  Current App │1. <blank>                          ││ ││
    ││              └────────────────────────────────────┴─┘ ││
    │├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤│
    ││              ┌──────────────────────────────────────┐ ││
    ││  Description │Edit a text file                      │ ││
    ││              └──────────────────────────────────────┘ ││
    ││              ┌──────────────────────────────────────┐ ││
    ││ Command Line │EDIT.COM $FILENAME$                   │ ││
    ││              └──────────────────────────────────────┘ ││
    ││                                                       ││
    ││ [ ] Auto Execute   [ ] Pause After   [ ] Protocol App ││
    ││                                                       ││
    ││   ┌────────────────────┐     ┌────────────────────┐   ││
    ││ ┌─┤   Auto Execution   ├─┐ ┌─┤  Protocol Options  ├─┐ ││
    ││ │ └────────────────────┘ │ │ └────────────────────┘ │ ││
    ││ │                        │ │               ┌───────┐│ ││
    ││ │                 ┌────┐ │ │   Upload Batch│       ││ ││
    ││ │  File Extension │    │ │ │               ├───────┤│ ││
    ││ │                 └────┘ │ │ Download Batch│       ││ ││
    ││ │                        │ │               ├───────┤│ ││
    ││ │           ┌──────┬─┐   │ │ Trigger String│       ││ ││
    ││ │    Action │Never ││   │ │               └───────┘│ ││
    ││ │           └──────┴─┘   │ │                        │ ││
    ││ │                        │ │   [ ] Ask Filename     │ ││
    ││ │                        │ │                        │ ││
    ││ └────────────────────────┘ └────────────────────────┘ ││

                  ~ The Application Editor - Page 2 ~2489
▒▒▒ 5.5.1 ■ The Application Editor ▒▒▒
The Current App field lists the name of the application you are currently
editing.  Application numbers go from 1 to 10.  We recommend that
application #1 be used for an external text editor.  This way, if a host
instructs your terminal to edit a text file by running application #1,
PRODNAME can handle it.  For more information on how a host can run
application programs on your local terminal, see the following sections.

┌─────────────┐
│ Description │
└─────────────┘
The Description field is where you enter the name of the Current App.
This is the name that appears after the number in the Current App field.

┌──────────────┐
│ Command Line │
└──────────────┘
This is how you define what program to run and how to run it.  Type the
name of the program (or a batch file) in this field along with any command
line parameters you wish to pass along to the application.
If the program is not accessible in your MS-DOS PATH= statement, you may
give the full path and program name in this field.  Refer to your DOS
manual for more details about the PATH setting.
In addition to being able to specify which program to run, you can also
utilize one of PRODNAME's most advanced features to customize it to your
needs.  This is the ability to pass along the filename just downloaded to
an external application.

                  ~ The Application Editor - Page 3 ~2490
▒▒▒ 5.5.1 ■ The Application Editor ▒▒▒
For example, if you were going to edit a text file, you need to tell your
editor what file you wish to edit.  In the screen displayed above showing
the Application Editor, you will notice the Command Line of "EDIT.COM
$FILENAME$".  Notice the $FILENAME$ portion of the command line.  When you
try to run this particular application, the phrase $FILENAME$ will be
replaced with a filename of your choice.  This is a simplistic way of
looking at it.  $FILENAME$ is a PRODNAME text variable (refer to the
RIPscrip Language Specification for info on Text Variables).  Text
variables are like Keystroke Macros - they get replaced with another
string.  Depending on the variable, it might be replaced with some
information that PRODNAME knows (like the date), or it might insert a
string that you type in.  In the case of $FILENAME$, PRODNAME will pop-up a
dialog box on your screen allowing you to enter the filename to edit.
The $FILENAME$ text variable has a special property in PRODNAME.  In the
External Application system, if you set an application to trigger to a
downloaded file extension, this text variable is automatically filled in
with the name of the file you just downloaded, thus saving you from having
to type in the filename at all.
You are not only limited to just simple text variables.  You can also use
"Pick-List" definitions (refer to the RIPscrip Language Specification for
more details). This allows you to pop-up a listing of available choices.
You might conceivably use this to specify different command-line switches
to modify the behavior of a particular program - something that may be
different each time you run the program.
You do not need to place a ^M at the end of your command line.  A carriage
return will be added automatically when the program is run.
NOTE:  Leaving the command line blank will result in a Jump to DOS, just
       as if you had selected it from the Files menu.

                  ~ The Application Editor - Page 4 ~2491
▒▒▒ 5.5.1 ■ The Application Editor ▒▒▒

┌───────────────────────┐
│ Auto Execute Checkbox │
└───────────────────────┘
If Auto Execute is selected, in enables the Auto Execution options in the
lower left corner of the dialog box.  Refer to that section below.

┌──────────────────────┐
│ Pause After Checkbox │
└──────────────────────┘
When the application is finished, and is ready to go back to PRODNAME, you
have the option of inserting a pause before PRODNAME resumes running.  This
is helpful if you are using a program that does not pause when it is done.
A good example is the TYPE program in DOS.  If you use TYPE do display a
text file, it will splat it to the screen, and then return you to PRODNAME
so fast you wouldn't be able to read the information at all.  By selecting
Pause After, you will have to press a key before PRODNAME resumes.

┌───────────────────────┐
│ Protocol App Checkbox │
└───────────────────────┘
This option is not available in the current release of PRODNAME.  It is for
enabling the Protocol Options in the lower right corner of the dialog.

                  ~ The Application Editor - Page 5 ~2492
▒▒▒ 5.5.1 ■ The Application Editor ▒▒▒

┌────────────────┐
│ Auto Execution │
└────────────────┘
As stated previously, you have the ability to link particular application
programs to files with certain extensions.  For example, if you wanted to
link a PCX image viewer to files with .PCX extensions, simply enter "PCX"
in this field.  Then whenever you download a file with a .PCX extension,
the given application will run and the $FILENAME$ text variable will be
replaced with the filename of the file you just downloaded!  Neat, huh?
There are three ways that applications can link to downloaded files.  They
can be run NEVER, ALWAYS, or PRODNAME can ASK you if you want to run the
application.

│ Action - Never │
When this option is chosen, the Extension field of the application will be
ignored.  In other words, the application you are editing will never be
automatically executed for particular files that you download.  Use this
option to completely disable auto-download application execution for a
given application.

│ Action - Ask │
When this option is selected and the File Extension field contains a DOS
Extension, PRODNAME will check every file that you download to see if it
has the same extension and if so, it will pop-up a window on your screen
asking if you wish to run the given application on the file you just
downloaded.  This is the most "secure" way of using application mode.
This gives you complete control over what applications get run.

                  ~ The Application Editor - Page 6 ~2493
▒▒▒ 5.5.1 ■ The Application Editor ▒▒▒

┌─────────────────┐
│ Action - Always │
└─────────────────┘
This option, when combined with the Extension field, will automatically
run the configured application every time a file with the configured
extension is downloaded.  You will not be prompted if you want to run the
application on the file -- it will be done for you immediately when the
download is complete.

┌────┐
│ OK │
└────┘
Clicking OK approves any modifications you might have made in the
Application Editor and saves them to CAPNAME.APP for future use in PRODNAME.

┌────────┐
│ Cancel │
└────────┘
This option abandons all modifications in the Application Editor,
restoring the application to the state it was in previous to entering
the Application Editor.

┌──────┐
│ Help │
└──────┘
This option displays a help screen to assist you in editing applications.

              ~ External Applcations and Text Variables ~2494
▒▒▒ 5.5.2 ■ Application Text Variables ▒▒▒
You can run applications directly from your keystroke macros if you wish.
This makes your application programs accessible at the touch of a key.
This means that you don't have to pull down the EXTERNAL menu and select
"Run Application" every time you wish to run your favorite programs.
Similar in concept to the $FILENAME$ text variable described above, you
can also insert application text variables directly into your keyboard
macros in PRODNAME.  When executed the macro will automatically run the
designated application.
Application Text Variables are $APP0$ (Current App #1) through $APP9$
(Current App #10).  If a Current App slot is blank, PRODNAME will simply
execute a DOS Shell. Unlike the $FILENAME$ text variable though, $APP0$
through $APP9$ do not get replaced with any piece of text.  For example,
if you had the following macro set up:

    F5: HELLO $APP0$ WORLD
Then whenever you press the F5 key in PRODNAME, your macro would send the
sequence "HELLO " to the host, then run application #0 (presumably your
text editor), then after that is complete, transmit " WORLD" to the host as
the final part of your macro.  Note that we did not use the $FILENAME$
variable inside the macro itself - that is specified in the command line
portion of the application editor.

▒▒▒ 5.6 ■ Chat Mode ▒▒▒
Chat Mode is designed for when two PRODNAME users connect with each other
directly.  If Chat is not used for typing messages to each other, by
default you can not see your own typing, only what the other user types.
If you turn on Local Echo in Modem Setup to see your own typing, and you
both type at the same time, your typing will be mixed with the other user,
and will be unreadable.
Another problem is that when you press enter to begin a new line, the
cursor, by default, moves back to the beginning OF THE SAME LINE as you
were just typing on.  Rather than text scrolling down the screen, you just
keep overwriting the same line.  You can turn on Add CR/LF in Modem
Setup to fix this problem.
The reason for these differences is that PRODNAME is usually set up to
connect to a host system, rather than another terminal program.  Since
these require different settings, it is inconvenient (when connecting to
another user) to have to change the Modem Setup.  And you still have the
problem of typing at the same time mixing in with the other user's typing.
Chat solves the configuration problems of connecting directly with another
terminal user.  Typing by each user goes into separate windows, and the
modem settings for Local Echo and Add CF/LF are temporarily enabled so
that you can converse conveniently and easily with the remote user.

                           ~ More on Chat ~2496
▒▒▒ 5.6 ■ Chat Mode ▒▒▒

┌──────────┐
│  Cancel  │
└──────────┘
The CANCEL button exits Chat.

┌──────────┐
│  Erase   │
└──────────┘
The ERASE button clears both windows.  Handy for keeping conversations
private if someone walks up while you are chatting.

┌──────────┐
│Scrollback│
└──────────┘
The SCROLLBACK button takes you into the history of what you have
both been typing.  See Section 5.4 for detailed information on the
Scrollback Buffer.

┌──────────┐
│ Log File │
└──────────┘
The LOG FILE button allows you to capture your conversation to a file on the
disk for later review.  If you missed logging part of the conversation, you
can also go into the Scrollback Buffer to save the conversation to disk.

┌──────────┐
│   Help   │
└──────────┘
The HELP button causes a team of COMPANY engineers to be beamed
directly to your location - NOT!
▒▒▒ 5.7 ■ Text Variables ▒▒▒
One of the special features of PRODNAME is working with text variables.
A text variable is a string of text that PRODNAME knows represents some
information, or can perform an action.
For example, the text variable $DATE$ represents the current date on your
system.  The host may ask your system the values of one or more of these
variables, and if your terminal knows that particular text variable, it
will send that information to the host.
There are two types of text variables.
There are built-in text variables that PRODNAME will ALWAYS know about.
They are part of PRODNAME, and a host can always query them.  These types
of variables are defined to provide the host with information about your
terminal software and its configuration, not something about you.  In
other words, built-in text variables can be used to send a piece of
information to the host saying "what time is it", or "what is the date
where you are", or "where is the mouse located?".  They function exactly
like any other text variable except that PRODNAME knows they exist even if
you haven't created them.  By nature, the values that these variables
return to the host are rarely the same.  Refer to the RIPscrip Language
Specification for details on the built-in text variables.
There are also ~user-defined text variables~2498 that can contain a variety of
information depending on what was entered at the time the variable was
created.  For example, the host might ask you what the contents of the
$FULL_NAME$ variable is, and if PRODNAME doesn't know, it pop-ups a dialog
box on the screen and asks you about it.  PRODNAME will remember that
information for the next time it is needed by a host.
You may use either the built-in text variables or the user-defined text
variables at any place that allows text variables.  The valid places are
in Keystroke Macros, External Applications, Pop-Up Pick-Lists, and button
return strings.
▒▒▒ 5.7.1 ■ User-Defined Text Variables ▒▒▒
User-defined text variables are text variables that you create.  A host
might tell you, "Create this text variable for me", or you might create
one yourself by selecting Create Variable from the Options menu.  The
difference is negligible, but a brief explanation of their purpose might
prove insightful.
User-defined text variables can store information permanently or
temporarily.  This information can then be re-used without you having to
type it in again.  The time-saving aspect of this feature is only one
small benefit of its ability.  Having the capability to store information
over potentially long periods of time is VERY useful!
There are three types of user-defined text variables:

1. ~Permanent (database)        variables~2499
2. ~Temporary (memory resident) variables~2500
3. ~Volatile  (discardable)     variables~2501



┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ Permanent (Database) Variables │
└────────────────────────────────┘
Permanent text variables are saved in a local PRODNAME database file called
CAPNAME.DB.  This file is automatically indexed for high-speed retrieval
of information.  This file is located the PRODNAME directory.  Any
permanent text variable that is created is stored in this file.
A permanent text variable can be created by yourself manually by choosing
option Create Variable from the Options menu, or interactively by a host
via special RIPscrip commands (RIP_DEFINE and RIP_QUERY).  Once a variable
is created, they are stored forever (unless you delete the database
file).  These variables may be accessed by yourself, or a host (if you
permit it).  This can be quite useful in preventing you from having to
type the same information in over and over again in future online
sessions.  This can be used to sign-up on a host without having to type a
single character.  Sound too good to be true?  With text variables, it can
be done!


┌───────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Temporary (Memory Resident) Variables │
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
Temporary (memory resident) text variables are accessed like permanent
text variables, except that they are not stored in the database file.
They are stored in your computer's memory.  They remain until you
disconnect from the host.  Other than that, they are identical in
nature to permanent text variables.  Until you exit PRODNAME, they will
exist and will be accessible to you (via macros), or to a host.
NOTE: If your modem does not support Carrier Detect, then memory resident
      text variables will not be erased until you exit PRODNAME!  Since
      queries of memory resident text variables do not have Data Security
      applied to them, it is possible that one host could get another
      host's variables.

      Solution: Make sure Carrier Detect (CD) works on your modem!
                See Section A.5.4 ■ My Modem is Always On-Line
                (Resuming Previous On-line Session) for details.


┌──────────────────────────────────┐
│ Volatile (Discardable) Variables │
└──────────────────────────────────┘
A volatile (discardable) text variable is somewhat different than the
previously described text variables.  They are not stored in memory or in
the database file at all.  They are used solely to ask you a simple
question, transmit the information to the host, then the contents of the
variable are erased.  Why would you (or a host) want something like this?
This question is answered differently for YOU or for a host.
A volatile text variable for you can be useful during keystroke macros.
Let's say you have a very complex macro that you've devised for doing
something in a game (for example) to another user on the host.  Should you
have to edit the macro each time you want to use it for someone
different?  Of course not!  Simply place a reference to an "undefined"
text variable in your macro.  When you execute the macro, PRODNAME will
look through its list of database and memory-resident text variables, and if
it doesn't find the variable, PRODNAME pops up a dialog box asking you
 to enter data for that variable.  Whatever you type into that dialog
box for the variable is replaced in your macro right then and there, and
is immediately discarded after the macro is finished.
For example, let's say you have the following macro set up to attack
another player in a game on some host you call:

    F2:  ATTACK $USERNAME$ FIERCELY^m
When you execute macro F2, PRODNAME will look in through its text variables
for $USERNAME$.  If it doesn't find it, it pops up a window asking you to
enter the following:

                               ~ More ~2502


      ╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
      ║                Please enter "USERNAME"                 ║
      ║  ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────┐  ║
      ║  │ █                                                │  ║
      ║  └──────────────────────────────────────────────────┘  ║
      ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Simply type in the name of the user you wish to attack, and the result is
plugged into the rest of the string, and sent to the host in place of the
variable name $USERNAME$.  After that, the remainder of the macro will be
transmitted to the host (i.e., "ATTACK BEASTHEAD FIERCELY") followed by a
carriage return (^M is the carriage return).  Once the macro is complete,
the contents of USERNAME are erased (unless it was a previously defined
permanent (database) or a temporary (memory resident) text variable).
A host can also ask you to enter something for a volatile text variable.
Why would a host want to do this, and not save the response somewhere?
What if you asked a host to download a file.  You could be presented with
a menu like this:

            ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════╗
            ║                File Download              ║
            ║  ┌─────────────┐  ┌────────────────────┐  ║
            ║  │  Protocols  │  │   Enter Filename   │  ║
            ║  ├─────────────┤  └────────────────────┘  ║
            ║  │ ( ) X-Modem │  ╔════════════════════╗  ║
            ║  │ ( ) Y-Modem │  ║   Begin Download   ║  ║
            ║  │ (■) Z-Modem │  ╚════════════════════╝  ║
            ║  │ ( ) Kermit  │  ┌────────────────────┐  ║
            ║  └─────────────┘  │  Cancel Download!  │  ║
            ║                   └────────────────────┘  ║
            ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════╝

                               ~ More ~2503

The options on the left allow you to specify the file transfer protocol
that you wish to use for the transfer.  Enter Filename is the button we're
interested in.  When you click this button, you would think that PRODNAME
would pop up a dialog box on your screen, asking you for the filename to
download, right?  Do you think the filename should be saved in PRODNAME's
permanent database?  Of course not.  It is kept temporarily, until you
click either "Begin Download" or "Cancel Download!".  Its value is used
specifically when you click on "Begin Download" whereby PRODNAME looks at
all of the buttons on the screen and instructs the host to begin the
download in a certain way (e.g., using Z-Modem protocol to download file
XYZ.EXE for example).  As you can clearly see, you would not want the
filename field to be part of your permanent PRODNAME configuration.  In
this manner, volatile text variables can be extremely useful!
▒▒▒ 5.7.2 ■ Data Security ▒▒▒
All this discussion about user-defined text variables, and hosts asking
your terminal for information, you might be concerned about calling some
host you've never called before and letting it ask your terminal questions
about itself (and YOU)!  We don't blame you for thinking this.
That is why we've put a security precaution into PRODNAME.  It is called
Data Security.  This option (available from General Setup in the Setup
menu) allows you to preview any permanent (database) text variable query
to determine if you really want to send that information to the host. This
allows you to edit a text variable that will be sent to the host so that
you are in control at all times of what information is sent to the host.
Any variable that is queried by the host will be prompted on your screen
allowing you to edit the response.  In the event that you do not wish to
divulge the information to the host, simply backspace over your text and
send a "blank" response.  In the event that the host won't permit a blank
response, enter something like "NONE" or "N/A".
Data Security does not apply to memory resident text variables.  These are
assumed to belong to the host you are currently connected to.
NOTE: If your modem does not support Carrier Detect, then memory resident
      text variables will not be erased until you exit PRODNAME!  Since
      queries of memory resident text variables do not have Data Security
      applied to them, it is possible that one host could get another
      host's variables.

      Solution: Make sure Carrier Detect (CD) works on your modem!
                See Section A.5.4 ■ My Modem is Always On-Line
                (Resuming Previous On-line Session) for details.

                               ~ More ~2505

If Data Security is disabled, you may still be prompted to edit your
variable, if the host asks for an "interactive query".  The host can ask
for a non-interactive text variable query, which means that the host will
ask your terminal for the contents of a permanent (database) text
variable.  If the permanent (database) variable exists, it will send the
contents to the host without you even knowing that it was sent!  In some
ways, it is up to the honor of the sysop of the host to set all variable
queries as interactive by default.  But considering the fact that this is
not an entirely "equal" world, having the ability to override variable
queries with the Data Security option is quite important.
This option defaults to "ON" when PRODNAME is installed, and all data
queries are secure by default.  It is up to you to disable this security
measure.  Use this option with caution if you're not sure about trusting
the hosts you call.
As a note worth mentioning, a RIPscrip command to query the contents of
your terminal's text variables may be possible if you read an electronic
mail message from an ingenious user who knows the RIPscrip language.  In
situations like this, you would definitely want to use data security mode
to prevent unauthorized information transmittal to other people (e.g.,
credit card numbers, or other information).
Welcome to TITLE vPRODVER~~C~~ancel~~P~~urchasing~~S~~upport~~F~~eatures~~H~~elpCouldn't create Test Drive DialogCouldn't create Test Drive Dialog

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
▒▒▒ TITLE vPRODVER ▒▒▒
This dialog box displays the information about TITLE vPRODVER.
The differences between TITLE and Professional are shown.
The buttons at the bottom display information on purchasing
TITLE, how to get technical assistance, and a more detailed
breakdown of the differences in the features.

▒▒▒ PRODNAME Professional vPRODVER Purchasing Information ▒▒▒

PRODNAME Professional vPRODVERis available at a retail price of just
$19.95.  It can be purchased directly from TeleGrafix.  We accept
MasterCard, VISA, and the American Express card.  If you wish to mail us a
check, please call ahead so that we can write up the order.  This way we
have all the information we need, and can process your order immediately.
You can call our Sales Hotline at 714/379-2141 to place an order, 8am to
5pm, Pacific Time, Monday through Friday.
Orders can also be placed with us 24 hours a day via our bulletin board
system, The Vector Sector, at 714/379-2133.  Select "Order a Product" from
the Main Menu.
▒▒▒ TITLE vPRODVER Technical Support ▒▒▒

TITLE comes with NO tech support from COMPANY.
To troubleshoot problems, you can reference the COMPANY Technical
Bulletins, the program ~RIPtech~2344 (included with the Test Drive), and
whatever help can be gleaned from the message forums on The Vector Sector.

    -- OR --
You can purchase PRODNAME Professional for $19.95 get 30 days free 
technical support, plus have all the features of the Professional program,
such as a Dialing Directory, etc.

COMPANY has a new phone number just for Technical Support.  This will
help those who need assistance from getting mixed in with the calls for
the business office.
Before contacting Technical Support, please use the Troubleshooting Guide
in Appendix A to see if your question is discussed.  COMPANY has found
that most of the tech support questions are on the same issues, and we
have documented them here for your convenience and to save you (and us)
time.  You can also download the latest technical bulletins from
COMPANY's BBS (BBSNAME) at the number listed below.
This program is thoroughly tested by a large team of beta-testers, and is
as bug-free as possible.  However, there are most likely some bugs that
have not been discovered.  If you find any, please report them to
COMPANY right away at the following address:

                    ~ Press ENTER for contact info ~2518

▒▒▒ TITLE vPRODVER Technical Support ▒▒▒

             ┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
             │                                               │
             │COMPANYNAME:*47│
             │ADDR1:*47│
             │ADDR2:*47│
             │ADDR3:*47│
             │                                               │
             │      Sales/Orders ....... SALESNUM:20│
             │      Technical Support .. SUPPORTNUM:20│
             │      Main Office ........ VOICENUM:20│
             │      Fax (Office/Tech) .. FAXNUM:20│
             │      BBS Number ......... BBSNUM:20│
             │                                               │
             │               Internet Address:               │
             │EMAILADDR:*47│
             │                                               │
             └───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
▒▒▒ PRODNAME Pro vPRODVER Feature Information ▒▒▒

~Dialing Directory~2519      - You can use all the features of the Dialing
                         Directory EXCEPT that you can't dial.

~External Applications~2519  - You can edit them, but they don't do anything.

~Keystroke Macros~2519       - Can't be used to store modem dialing info.

~Scrollback System~2519      - Scrollback is limited to 2K of information.
                         This is about 2 screens worth of text.

~Print Screen~2519           - Disabled completely.

~User-to-User Chat~2519      - Completely ignores all characters rec'd and sent.

~Shell to DOS~2519           - Disabled completely.

~Local RIPscrip Viewer~2519  - No menu option to show RIP files on local system.

~Local Photo Viewer~2519     - No menu option to display photos on local system.

~Local RIPscrip Queries~2519 - No menu option to use text variables.

~Log-to-disk options~2519    - No ability to capture RIP, ANSI, or Doorway info.
TITLE is a free "demo" version of the PRODNAME Professionalcommunications software.  Use it to sample our advanced RIPscrip 2.0technology for online multimedia and electronic newspapers.  RIPscripdynamically integrates text, digital sound, and JPEG color picturesinto a single computer screen.  RIPscrip graphics can be sent overnormal telephone lines or via the Internet without a problem.Test Drive may be distributed at no charge for noncommercial purposes.Commercial distribution requires the written consent of TeleGrafix.You can use TITLE to sample the Information Superhighway,but some convenient features included in this version are disabled orare limited in functionality.  The limited features are:     ■ Dialing Directory          ■ Shell to DOS     ■ External Applications      ■ Local RIPscrip Viewer     ■ Scrollback System          ■ Local Photo Viewer     ■ Print Screen               ■ Local RIPscrip Queries     ■ User-to-User Chat          ■ Special log-to-disk options     ■ Keystroke MacrosOUR FULL-FEATURED COMMERCIAL PRODNAME PROFESSIONAL 2.0 SOFTWARE HAS NONEOF THESE RESTRICTIONS.  It's available for a cost of just $19.95.Volume discounts are available.  For more information, choose the"Purchasing" option below.TITLE does not allow macros for dialing your modem.

                        Image Style Configurations (CUR PORT=%hd)
                        ──────────────────────────

╔══╦═══════════════╦════════╤══════╤═══════╗
║  ║    Display    ║        │      │       ║
║  ║   Rectangle   ║Maintain│Delete│ Erase ║
║S#╟───┬───┬───┬───╢ Aspect │ After│Display║
║  ║ X0│ Y0│ X1│ Y1║ Ratio  │ Xfer │ Area  ║
╠══╬═══╪═══╪═══╪═══╬════════╪══════╪═══════╣
%c%2hd║%3hd│%3hd│%3hd│%3hd║   %c    │  %c   │   %c   ║
%c%2hd║───│───│───│───║────────│──────│───────║
╚══╩═══╧═══╧═══╧═══╩════════╧══════╧═══════╝
Are You Sure You Want to Run the Specified Application
By selecting the YES option, you are instructing the terminal to run
the specified application.  Choosing the NO option will abandon the
attempt to run the program.
If you do not wish to be prompted for application in the future, but
wish it to automatically run when called, edit the application entry
in the application dialog and change the ASK option to ALWAYS.
That Audio Device Could Not Be Found - Continue Anyway?
The audio driver in this software doesn't seem to be able to detect
the sound board you have selected.  Do you wish to continue to use
the audio hardware anyway?  If you choose YES, then sound may or may
not function properly.
Are You Sure That You Want to Add to the Dialing Directory?
This message appears when you attempt to add entries to the dialing
directory.  Choose YES if you wish to add the specified number of
blank dialing directory entries to the end of the directory.  Choosing
NO will abort the attempt.
Are You Sure You Want to Overwrite That Dialing Directory File?
When saving a dialing directory to another filename, and if that file
already exists, this message will appear.  It gives you at chance to
abort the deletion of an older directory file with a new copy.  If you
choose the YES option, the existing dialing directory file will be
deleted and will be replaced with the new file.  Choosing NO will not
overwrite the file, and in this case the entire operation will be
aborted.
Do You Wish to Create this Dialing Directory?
When you elect to create a new dialing directory, this message will
appear asking if you truly want to create the new directory file.
Choosing YES will physically create the file.  Choosing NO will
abort the creation process.
Are You Sure that You Want to Clear the Dialing Directory Entry(ies)?
When you choose the erase option in the dialing directory, you are
specifying that you want to erase (i.e., clear) either the entire
dialing directory, or the specified entries.  If you have one or
more dialing directory entries highlighted, choosing erase will clear
only the highlighted ones.  If no entries are hilighted, then the
entire dialing directory is erased.
Before this destructive process is actually performed, you are asked
if you truly want to erase the entries.  Choosing YES will allow the
operation to proceed.  Choose NO if you wish to abort the operation.
Are You Sure that You Want to Remove the Dialing Directory Entry(ies)?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
That File isn't a dialing directory file - overwrite anyway?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Are you sure that you want to merge both dialing directories?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you wish to copy blank entries over too?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Are you sure that you want to alter a pre-existing macro?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Add the macros to the current list, or replace the list?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Are you sure that you want to overwrite the macro file?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Are you sure you want to delete this macro?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Are you sure you want to clear all macros?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you want to move this file to the proper directory?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you wish to hangup the modem first?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you want to send this photo file?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Are you sure you want to save your setup before proceeding?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you want to overwrite or append to the log file?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you want to unpause the log file or close it?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you wish to pause the log file or close it?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Printer isn't responding - what do you wish to do?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Printer is offline

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Printer is out of paper

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
The printer is busy doing something else right now

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you want to send this file to the host system?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Do you want to erase the contents of the scrollback buffer?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Store it in the permanent database?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Couldn't create Modem Settings dialog~~P~~rotected access~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elp[1;31m(SECURED) [1;33m%12s [0;37m- %-40.40s
The host wants to overwrite variable %s.  Proceed?The host system wants to overwrite a variable

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
The host wants to clear the contents of %s.  Proceed?The host system wants to clear the contents of a variable

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
The host is asking that variable %s be sent.  Proceed?The host system wants the contents of a variable.  Proceed?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
%s: Index corrupt or not database open%s: Can't resize database index table%s: Can't collapse index in database file%s: Can't read index in database file%s: Can't get record from database%s: Can't append record to database%s: Can't write database index entry%s: Can't seek to position in database%s: Can't read data from database%s: Can't write data to database%s: Can't read first physical record in database%s: Can't locate index entry in database%s: Can't update database header%s: Invalid database index location%s: Can't read base database index entry%s: Can't read the current database index entry%s: Can't write the base index to the database%s: Can't write the current index to the database%s: Can't find first index in database%s: Can't read database record key field%s: Can't build unsorted database index%s: Can't sort database index%s: Can't rebuild database hash table%s: Can't create database file%s: Can't read database header%s: File %s is not a valid PRODNAME database file%s: Can't read last physical record in database%s: Can't move record in database file[0;37m[2J
Database Debug Information
══════════════════════════

  1. Summarize records
  2. Show hash tables
  3. Show index info
  4. Show header info
Your choice (ESC=quit): [0;37m
Hit any key to continue: The host wants to delete the variable %s.  Proceed?The host wants to delete a variable.  Is this ok?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Cannot find dialing window cycle buttonCannot find dialing window delete button

╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║               Thank you for using TITLE vPRODVER               ║
║COPYRIGHT:*77║
╟─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────╢
║    You are using the unregistered version of PRODNAME 2.0.  To purchase a    ║
║       copy of this software, contact TeleGrafix at the address below:       ║
╟────────────────────────────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────╢
║    TeleGrafix Communications, Inc.     │ Sales/Orders ...... (714) 379-2141 ║
║         16458 Bolsa Chica #15          │ Technical Support . (714) 379-2130 ║
║       Huntington Beach, CA 92649       │ Main Office ....... (714) 379-2131 ║
╟────────────────────────────────────────┤ Fax ............... (714) 379-2132 ║
║  Internet: rip.support@telegrafix.com  │ TeleGrafix BBS .... (714) 379-2133 ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════╧════════════════════════════════════╝
PRODNAME vPRODVER Tutorial
!|W00|c00|=00000003|Z1O2B10251Q1T2T1W1E|Z1O2B0Z1Z1X1V2U1V1E|=00000001|c08|S010F
!|p0I0R2H0O2M0O2Q0O2S0R2W2N3X2R3Y2W3Y4V3G4X3F4Y3A4Z314Y2X4R2R31262X252P242J25
!|L0Y2J2O3C|L333F4S31|L2V3L2V3V
!|Z2O3C2S3F2V3H2V3L1E|Z2U3L2W3I303G343F1E|Z2V3V2V3W2T3X2R3Y1E
!|Z2V3V2W3W2X3W2Z3X1E|Z0Y2I0W2J0V2I0Q2I1E|Z303F2W3F2U3G2Q3D1E
!|Z4S314V304V2X4V2V1E|Z4S314X304W314Z321E
!|c00|S0103|p062B2E302O3N2K3N2F30252B29|p061A2L1Z2V2M2R2M2M1Z2C1A2G
!|L1Z2V1Z2Q|L2M2M1Z2Q|L1Z2Q1A2G|L2Z2O2Z2J|L2Z2J3N2F|L2Z2J2B29
!|1B00000200LC010F000F080700000F07000000|Y00000100|1UCA21HB2C0000<><>
!|1UC921CM2C0000<><>|1B00000200LC010F0000070800000F07000000
!|1UCO21DM2C0000<><>|1B00000200LC010F000F080700000F07000000
!|1UDO21EZ2C0000<><>|1UF121GA2C0000<><>|1UGC21HB2C0000<><>|1UCN2EFD450000<><>
!|1UCN2EFD2P0000<><>|1B00000200LC010F000F080800000F07000000|1UCN2RFD320000<><>
!|1B00000200LC010F000F080700000F07000000|1UCN34FD3F0000<><>|1UCN3HFD3S0000<><>
!|1UCN3UFD450000<><>|c04|LCB23CK23|c02|LCB26CK26|c01|LCB29CK29|c0F|Y02000400
!|@CU20File|c00|@DS20Connect|@F420Options|@GG20Setup|@CU2DPrint capture|c0F
!|@CU2QCapture to disk|c00|@CU33Print Screen|@CU3GJump to DOS|@CU3TExit to DOS
!|S0100|B1B5W4278|1U1D7441770000<><>|1U1D741K770000<><>
!|1U1M741S770000<><>|1U1U7427770000<><>|1U29742P770000<><>|1U2R742Y770000<><>
!|1U30743G770000<><>|1U3I7441770000<><>|c07|L1F601H60|L1K601N60|L1Q601S60
!|L1V602460|L1F631M63|L1P631R63|L1U631W63|L1Z632263|S010F|B1F6G1H6I|c01
!|N01|S0103|=00000002|KEJ5ZGK7G|=00000001|S010E|c00|oFJ6P0V0O
!|c0C|y00003X0u010000001a1a000000marin|@FJ77?
!|c00|y00000X0K000000001a1a000000dixon
!|@2R1PUsing the Mouse
!|@ER1PPulldown Menus
!|@FL5PUsing Help
!|@2O5PSession Screen|#|#|#
#LINE=3
                     Since you just installed
                     PRODNAME, we thought that a
                     tutorial would be helpful.
                     Don't worry, this will only
                     happen the first time you
                     run PRODNAME after installing
                     or upgrading the software.
                     To access it directly, choose
                     the "Tutorial" option from
                     the help Table of Contents.

                     This Tutorial uses PRODNAME's
                     help system.  To learn more
                     about help, choose the "Help
   ~Mouse Tutorial~2628    Tutorial" option first.             ~Menu Tutorial~2629

                     This tutorial has four basic areas.
                     To select a specific tutorial, pick
                     one of the tutorials highlighted in
                     blue (e.g., ~Help Tutorial~2631).  To pick
                     one, double click your left mouse
                     button on top of the blue text.
                     When using the keyboard, use the
                     arrow keys until the desired
                     tutorial is highlighted, then press
                     ENTER to run that tutorial.

                     We strongly suggest that you look
                     through the help and menu tutorials.
                     This will get you up and running as
  ~Screen Tutorial~2630    quickly as possible.                   ~Help Tutorial~2631
Tutorial - Using the Mouse
!|W00|c00|=00000003|Z1O2B10251Q1T2T1W1E|Z1O2B0Z1Z1X1V2U1V1E|=00000001|c08|S010F
!|p0I0R2H0O2M0O2Q0O2S0R2W2N3X2R3Y2W3Y4V3G4X3F4Y3A4Z314Y2X4R2R31262X252P242J25
!|L0Y2J2O3C|L333F4S31|L2V3L2V3V
!|Z2O3C2S3F2V3H2V3L1E|Z2U3L2W3I303G343F1E|Z2V3V2V3W2T3X2R3Y1E
!|Z2V3V2W3W2X3W2Z3X1E|Z0Y2I0W2J0V2I0Q2I1E|Z303F2W3F2U3G2Q3D1E
!|Z4S314V304V2X4V2V1E|Z4S314X304W314Z321E
!|c00|S0103|p062B2E302O3N2K3N2F30252B29|p061A2L1Z2V2M2R2M2M1Z2C1A2G
!|L1Z2V1Z2Q|L2M2M1Z2Q|L1Z2Q1A2G|L2Z2O2Z2J|L2Z2J3N2F|L2Z2J2B29
!|c00|y00000X0K000000001a1a000000dixon|@2R1PUsing the Mouse|#|#|#
#LINE=2
                     The mouse is the simplest way of using PRODNAME.  Use
                     it to tell PRODNAME what you're interested in, or what
                     to modify.  You may have a mouse with two or three
                     buttons.  PRODNAME only uses two of them: the left and
                     right buttons.  If your mouse has a third button, the
                     middle one, it is not used.

                     The right button is used to access the pulldown menu
                     system.  If you press the right button while you are
                     viewing the Session Screen, a menu bar will be shown.
                     See the ~Menu Tutorial~2629 for more information.

                     The left mouse button is the most frequently used.
                     With it, you make choices, change values, edit data,
etc.  This is done by pointing the mouse cursor at the button or object
you wish to access and pressing the left button (and releasing it).
Depending on the object you clicked on, you might have to enter some text,
answer a question, etc.  Some controls have "arrows".  These allow you to
click the mouse on them and as long as you keep holding down the button,
the value changes (e.g., scrolling lists, etc).  Sometimes it is necessary
to "double-click" - this means you must click the left button twice, very
quickly.
Whenever you are online, a service may display buttons on your screen for
you to click on.  You click on these in exactly the same way as you do
elsewhere in PRODNAME.  Some games and other online software use the mouse
in other ways - sometimes just moving the mouse can cause something to
happen (i.e., without clicking any buttons).
If you have a mouse and it doesn't seem to be working properly, select
~Mouse Troubleshooting~2105.
Remember to feed your mouse, keep him clean, and keep the cats away.  Mice
don't like cat hair!
Tutorial - The Pulldown Menus
!|1B00000200LC010F000F080700000F07000000|Y00000100|1UCA21HB2C0000<><>
!|1UC921CM2C0000<><>|1B00000200LC010F0000070800000F07000000
!|1UCO21DM2C0000<><>|1B00000200LC010F000F080700000F07000000
!|1UDO21EZ2C0000<><>|1UF121GA2C0000<><>|1UGC21HB2C0000<><>|1UCN2EFD450000<><>
!|1UCN2EFD2P0000<><>|1B00000200LC010F000F080800000F07000000|1UCN2RFD320000<><>
!|1B00000200LC010F000F080700000F07000000|1UCN34FD3F0000<><>|1UCN3HFD3S0000<><>
!|1UCN3UFD450000<><>|c04|LCB23CK23|c02|LCB26CK26|c01|LCB29CK29|c0F|Y02000400
!|@CU20File|c00|@DS20Connect|@F420Options|@GG20Setup|@CU2DPrint capture|c0F
!|@CU2QCapture to disk|c00|@CU33Print Screen|@CU3GJump to DOS|@CU3TExit to DOS
!|c00|y00000X0K000000001a1a000000dixon|@ER1PPulldown Menus|#|#|#
#LINE=3
To access the pulldown menus, click the right
mouse button once, or if you do not have a mouse,
hold down the ALT key and press the ! key at the
same time (e.g., ALT-!).
Once the menu bar is on the screen, click the left
mouse button when the pointer is over the desired
topic; this will display a sub-menu of options for
that topic.  To activate a particular command,
click on it with the left mouse button.  To make
the menu disappear without choosing a command,
click either mouse button outside any of the
displayed menu areas.
If you are using the keyboard, use the left and right arrow keys to
highlight the desired topic then press ENTER to display the sub-menu.
Once the sub-menu is displayed, use the up and down arrows to highlight
the desired command.  To activate the command, press ENTER when it is
highlighted.  To make the menu disappear, press the ESCAPE key on your
keyboard (once to hide any sub-menus and a second time to make the menu
bar go away).
Each menu option has detailed help available for it.  This is called "Help
on menus" and it is available in the System sub-menu.  The System sub-menu
is the menu topic to the far left of the menu bar - the three wavey lines.
Select that menu and choose "Help on menus".  When you choose this option,
the menus will disappear and a message appears instructing you to choose
the options you want help on.  While in this mode, access the pulldown
menus and choose commands - detailed help on those commands will be
displayed.  When you are finished, press ESCAPE to cancel help mode.

     ~Main Tutorial~2627     ~Using the Mouse~2628     ~Session Screen~2630     ~Using Help~2631
Tutorial - The Session Screen
!|S0100|B1B5W4278|1U1D7441770000<><>|1U1D741K770000<><>
!|1U1M741S770000<><>|1U1U7427770000<><>|1U29742P770000<><>|1U2R742Y770000<><>
!|1U30743G770000<><>|1U3I7441770000<><>|c07|L1F601H60|L1K601N60|L1Q601S60
!|L1V602460|L1F631M63|L1P631R63|L1U631W63|L1Z632263|S010F|B1F6G1H6I|c01
!|c00|y00000X0K000000001a1a000000dixon|@2O5PSession Screen|#|#|#
#LINE=2
The Session Screen is where most of the action happens in PRODNAME.  This
is where you interact with both your modem, and online hosts.
At the bottom of this screen is the ~Status Bar~2226.  This displays information
about PRODNAME's current status (e.g., how long you've been online and at
what speed, etc).  The status bar can be turned off (or on) by holding
down the ALT key and pressing the space bar (i.e., ALT-Space).
Whenever you are online, the host system will display information to you
on this screen.  Information may be displayed graphically or in text form
(or a combination of both).  Typically when information is displayed only
in text form, you must use the keyboard to do things online.  When things
are displayed graphically, you will usually see buttons or other things
you can click with your mouse.  See the ~Mouse Tutorial~2628 for information
on using your mouse.
When viewing the Session Screen, some of the most common commands you
might need are to ~dial the modem~2407 (ALT-D), ~hangup the modem~2204 (ALT-H), ~clear~2257
                     ~the screen~2257 (ALT-R), ~exit to DOS~2194 (ALT-X), ~print the~2188
                     ~screen~2188 (ALT-P), ~access the help system~2631 (ALT-Z), and
                     access the pulldown menu system (ALT-!).  There are
                     many more commands available in PRODNAME.  To access
                     them you must use the pulldown menu system.  See the
                     ~Pulldown Menu Tutorial~2629 for more information.

                     When you first start PRODNAME, you might see some
                     cryptic looking codes in the upper-left corner of the
                     Session Screen (e.g., "AT E1 V1 &C1 &D2").  These are
                     modem commands used by PRODNAME to control your modem.
                     Do not be alarmed by the sight of them - if you see
them, your modem appears to be functioning properly.  If you don't see
them, you might want to check the ~Modem Troubleshooting~2104 help section.
Happy modeming!
Tutorial - The Help System
!|N01|S0103|=00000002|KEJ5ZGK7G|=00000001|S010E|c00|oFJ6P0V0O
!|c0C|y00003X0u010000001a1a000000marin|@FJ77?
!|c00|y00000X0K000000001a1a000000dixon|@FL5PUsing Help|#|#|#
#LINE=3
To access PRODNAME's help system is easy - from the main session screen,
hold down the ALT key and press the Z key (i.e., ALT-Z).   This will
display the table of contents for the entire help system.  From here, you
can directly access any help information available.  Help is also
available in many screens and menus in PRODNAME - simply press the F1 key.
The help system is connected via "~keywords~2632" that are displayed in blue.
Note that the word "keywords" in the previous sentence IS a keyword - it
is just highlighted.  Normally a keyword looks like this: ~keywords~2632.
These keywords can be double-clicked to view more information about that
subject.  You can also use the arrow keys to highlight the desired
keyword.  Once a keyword is highlighted, press the ENTER key to jump to that
help screen.
At the bottom of each help screen are three buttons: "Contents", "Exit
Help", and "Go Back".  To select these options, click on them with the
left mouse button.  For keyboard users, type the letter that is
yellow in the button's name.  For example, the Contents
button has a yellow "C" indicating that typing "C" will
activate it.
The Go Back button is the most important, it allows you to
return to the screen you just came from.  This lets you
explore without losing your place.
The "Contents" button will take you to the Table of
Contents for the help system.  From here you can find all
the information help has to offer.
The "Exit Help" button does exactly that, it quits the help
system and returns you back to wherever you were when you
chose help.
Tutorial - The Help System (Keywords)
!|l7040B040
!|!
!|y00000X0A020000001a1a000000marin|c0I|k00|@901YCongratulations!
!|y00000X0E020000001a1a000000marin|c0J|k00|@9026Congratulations!
!|y00000X0I020000001a1a000000marin|c0K|k00|@902ECongratulations!
!|y00000X0M020000001a1a000000marin|c0L|k00|@902MCongratulations!
!|y00000X0Q020000001a1a000000marin|c0M|k00|@902UCongratulations!
!|y00000X0U020000001a1a000000marin|c0N|k00|@9032Congratulations!
!|y00000X0Y020000001a1a000000marin|c0O|k00|@903ACongratulations!
!|y00000X0c020000001a1a000000marin|c0P|k00|@903ICongratulations!
!|y00000X0g020000001a1a000000marin|c0Q|k00|@903QCongratulations!
!|y00000X0k020000001a1a000000marin|c0R|k00|@903YCongratulations!
!|y00000X0o020000001a1a000000marin|c0S|k00|@9046Congratulations!
!|y00000X0s020000001a1a000000marin|c0T|k00|@904ECongratulations!
!|y00000X0w020000001a1a000000marin|c0U|k00|@904MCongratulations!
!|y00000X0#020000001a1a000000marin|c0V|k00|@904UCongratulations!
!|y00000X12020000001a1a000000marin|c04|k0C|@9052Congratulations!
!|#|#|#
#LINE=25
Congratulations!  You have just chosen a keyword.  This has taken you to
another help screen (this one).  To return back to the previous discussion
about help, simply press ENTER now.


                         ~Click Here or press ENTER now~2631

No mouse fields definedScrollback is Disabled - view CAPNAME.DBG for ResultsScrollback is Disabled - view CAPNAME.DBG for Results

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Cannot write to file CAPNAME.DBGCannot write to file CAPNAME.DBG

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
DATABASE HEADER DATA
────────────────────
 Index corrupt: %s
 Total Records: %ld (%ld bytes)
    Index Size: %ld (%ld bytes)
     File Size: %ld bytes
 Base Record @: %ld offset
Current record: %ld
INDEX DATA
──────────
%04ld @ %ld: OFFSET=%-06ld  KEY=%s
HASH TABLE INFORMATION
──────────────────────
<A = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    A = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    B = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 C = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    D = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    E = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 F = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    G = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    H = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 I = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    J = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    K = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 L = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    M = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    N = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 O = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    P = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    Q = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 R = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    S = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    T = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 U = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    V = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    W = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
 X = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    Y = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld    Z = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
>Z = BASE=%06ld CNT=%03ld
PHYSICAL RECORD SUMMARY
───────────────────────
%04ld @ %-06ld: %-19.19s - %-40.40s
<parent>Now initializing file browser sub-systemUnable to initialize the file browser sub-systemInsufficient memory to load entire file listing for directoryInsufficient Memory to Load Entire File Listing for Directory
PROMPT_FILE_BROWSE_FILENAME  {~~F~~ilenameFile Browser Filename Field

     *** ADD HELP HERE ***
File Browser~~S~~ave~~L~~oad~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpUsing the File Browser

     *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Insufficient memory for file browser dialogInsufficient Memory for File Browser Dialog

     *** ADD HELP HERE ***
~~F~~ilename~~D~~rivesDirectoriesList file of ~~t~~ypeYou cannot specify a drive letter or directory hereYou Cannot Specify a Drive Letter or Directory Here

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Please specify a filename to savePlease Specify a Filename to Save

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Please specify a filename to loadPlease Specify a Filename to Load

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
File %s does not exist.  Specify a new filename.File Does not Exist.  Specify a New Filename

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
M~~o~~use positionCtrl-Shift-MMouse position

        *********************
        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
        *********************
Printer Settings~~O~~k~~C~~ancelSa~~v~~e~~H~~elpAvailable Printers~~P~~rinter portSerial Port Options~~B~~aud rate~~D~~ata bitsP~~a~~rityS~~t~~op bitsAdvanced OptionsCo~~m~~municationsDith~~e~~ringOrie~~n~~tation~~R~~esolutionTOTAL=7
LPT~~1
LPT~~2
LPT~~3
~~C~~OM1
C~~O~~M2
CO~~M~~3
COM~~4
TOTAL=3
~~1~~200
~~2~~400
~~9~~600
TOTAL=2
~~7~~ bits
~~8~~ bits
TOTAL=3
~~N~~one
~~E~~ven
~~O~~dd
TOTAL=2
~~1~~ bit
~~2~~ bits
TOTAL=3
~~H~~ardware
~~B~~IOS
~~N~~etwork
TOTAL=6
Log-~~8
Log-1~~2
Linear-1~~6
Linear-2~~5
~~Dispersed
Dot ~~Cluster
TOTAL=2

        ***********************************
        *** DELETE THIS MESSAGE SOMEDAY ***
        ***********************************
TOTAL=2
~~P~~ortrait
~~L~~andscape
TOTAL=3
~~L~~ow
~~M~~edium
~~H~~igh
Unable to read data table(s).Unable to Read Data Table(s)

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Insufficient memory to load list of printersInsufficient Memory to Load List of Printers

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Printer error [%d]: %sPrinter Driver Error

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Now initializing printer system.Cannot initialize printer systemNO PRINTERTe~~s~~tCannot test printer - none selected!Cannot Test Printer - None Selected

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Br~~i~~ghtness (%)Image Si~~z~~e (%)Printer output canceledPrinter Output Canceled

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
Screen Printing in Progress...Completed (%)Elapsed timeRemaining timeHit the <ESC> key to cancel printing▒▒▒ Printer Setup - The Printer Settings Dialog ▒▒▒

  ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
  ║                         Printer Settings                          ║
  ╟───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────╢
  ║ ┌─┤~Printer Drivers~2761├─────────────┬─┐              ┌──────────┬─┐   ║
  ║ │ NO PRINTER                    ││ ~Printer port~2762 │ LPT1     ││   ║
  ║ │ AEG Olympia 24-pin Models B/W ├─┤              └──────────┴─┘   ║
  ║ │ AEG Olympia 8-pin Models B/W  │█│  ┌─┤~Serial Port Options~2763├────┐ ║
  ║ │ AEG Olympia Laserstar 6       │ │  │           ┌──────────┬─┐ │ ║
  ║ │ ATT 495 Laser Printer         │ │  │ ~Baud rate~2764 │ 9600     ││ │ ║
  ║ │ Acer IIIG  Grayscale          │ │  │           ├──────────┼─┤ │ ║
  ║ │ Acer LP-76                    │ │  │ ~Data bits~2765 │ 8        ││ │ ║
  ║ │ Alps 24-pin Models B/W        │ │  │           ├──────────┼─┤ │ ║
  ║ │ Alps 24-pin Models (Color)    │ │  │    ~Parity~2766 │ None     ││ │ ║
  ║ │ Alps 8-pin Models B/W         │ │  │           ├──────────┼─┤ │ ║
  ║ │ Apple LaserWriter Series      ├─┤  │ ~Stop bits~2767 │ 1        ││ │ ║
  ║ │ Bezier BP404                  ││  │           └──────────┴─┘ │ ║
  ║ └───────────────────────────────┴─┘  └──────────────────────────┘ ║
  ║ ┌─┤~Advanced Options~2768├────────────────────────────────────────────┐ ║
  ║ │                ┌───────────┬─┐                   ┌────────┬─┐ │ ║
  ║ │      ~Dithering~2769 │ Dispersed ││        ~Resolution~2773 │ Medium ││ │ ║
  ║ │                ├───────────┼─┤                   ├────────┼─┤ │ ║
  ║ │ ~Brightness (%)~2771 │ 100       ││    ~Communications~2774 │ BIOS   ││ │ ║
  ║ │                ├───────────┼─┤                   └────────┴─┘ │ ║
  ║ │ ~Image Size (%)~2772 │ 100       ││                                │ ║
  ║ │                └───────────┴─┘                                │ ║
  ║ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ ║
  ║   ┌────────┐   ┌────────┐   ┌────────┐   ┌────────┐   ┌────────┐  ║
  ║   │~   Ok   ~2775│   │~ Cancel ~2776│   │~  Save  ~2777│   │~  Test  ~2778│   │~  Help  ~2779│  ║
  ║   └────────┘   └────────┘   └────────┘   └────────┘   └────────┘  ║
  ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Printer Drivers ▒▒▒
This software supports over 142    ┌─┤Printer Drivers├─────────────┬─┐
different types of printer.  Each  │ NO PRINTER                    ││
of these is supported via a        │ AEG Olympia 24-pin Models B/W ├─┤
different "driver" which defines   │ AEG Olympia 8-pin Models B/W  │█│
how to print to that printer.      │ AEG Olympia Laserstar 6       │ │
                                   │ ATT 495 Laser Printer         │ │
Many of the drivers listed can     │ Acer IIIG  Grayscale          │ │
work with multiple printers.  For  │ Acer LP-76                    │ │
example, the driver named "Epson   │ Alps 24-pin Models B/W        │ │
FX Series" covers all Epson FX     │ Alps 24-pin Models (Color)    │ │
model printers - which there are   │ Alps 8-pin Models B/W         │ │
quite a few of.  In addition, many │ Apple LaserWriter Series      ├─┤
printers are compatible with other │ Bezier BP404                  ││
printers (Epson being a common     └───────────────────────────────┴─┘
common one).  If you do not see
your specific printer listed among the available printer drivers,
check your printer's documentation to see if it is compatible with
another printer that is in the listing.
There are three printers which are often comaptibile with other
printers.  These are Epson, HP LaserJet (PCL), and Postscript.  Among
the Epson style, your printer could be compatible with Epson FX, LX,
etc.  Choose the Epson driver that is most appropriate if your printer
is Epson compatibile.
If your printer is HP LaserJet compatible, it supports the HP-PCL
printer language and is most likely compatible with "HP LaserJet
Series III" printers.
Postscript compatible printer support the Postscript language.  Choose
"Postscript (B/W)" for black and white Postscript, or choose
"Postscript (Color)" if for color Postscript.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Printer Ports ▒▒▒
                                                    ┌──────────┬─┐
                                       Printer port │ LPT1     ││
                                                    ╞══════════╧═╡
                                                    │ LPT1       │
In order for the software to communicate with your  │ LPT2       │
printer, you need to specify which "port" your      │ LPT3       │
printer is attached to.  Typically, your printer    │ COM1       │
will be connected to the parallel port LPT1 on the  │ COM2       │
back of your computer.  The available ports are     │ COM3       │
LPT1, LPT2, LPT3, COM1, COM2, COM3 or COM4.  The    │ COM4       │
LPT ports are parallel ports and the COM ports are  └────────────┘
serial ports (see below).

PRODNAME can communicate with your printer through one of two kinds
of ports, a parallel port or a serial port.  A parallel port is
usually only used for printers.  Serial ports are communications
ports like what your modem uses; some printers can be connected to
a serial port.
If you do not know what type of port your printer is connected,
consult your printer's manual - it will probably be able to assist
you in determining the proper configuration in PRODNAME.
If your printer is connected to a serial port, you will need to
configure the ~baud rate~2764, ~data bits~2765, ~parity~2766 and ~stop bits~2767 for the
printer for printing to work successfully.  For more information
about this kind of configuration, see the section entitled
"~Serial Printer Options~2763".
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Serial Port Options ▒▒▒
Serial printers communicate in much the  ┌─┤Serial Port Options├────┐
same fashion as a modem does.  You need  │           ┌──────────┬─┐ │
to specify the serial port baud rate,    │ ~Baud rate~2764 │ 9600     ││ │
data bits, parity and stop bits required │           ├──────────┼─┤ │
by the printer.  Usually, the default    │ ~Data bits~2765 │ 8        ││ │
options of 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no    │           ├──────────┼─┤ │
parity and 1 stop bit will be sufficient │    ~Parity~2766 │ None     ││ │
as this is the most common setting for   │           ├──────────┼─┤ │
serial printers.  Some older serial      │ ~Stop bits~2767 │ 1        ││ │
printers might require a other settings  │           └──────────┴─┘ │
for things to work properly.             └──────────────────────────┘
When dealing with serial printers, consult your printer's manual for
information about what kind of settings are required.  A printer that
requires a serial port connection typically has detailed information
about what kind of settings are required for the printer to operate.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Serial Port Options:  Baud Rate ▒▒▒
The baud for serial printers is "how fast"              ┌──────────┬─┐
the computer communicates with the printer    Baud rate │ 9600     ││
through the serial port.  The higher the                ╞══════════╧═╡
baud rate, the faster the printer can accept            │ 1200       │
data from the computer.  When printing                  │ 2400       │
graphics, this can make a big difference                │ 9600       │
between very slow printing and relatively               └────────────┘
quick printing.
The available baud rate settings are 1200, 2400 and 9600 baud.  Most
printers require a setting of 9600 baud, but not all.  You should
consult your printer's manual to determine what baud rate your
printer requires.  In addition to the serial port's baud rate, you
will also need to set the ~data bits~2765, ~parity~2766 and ~stop bit~2767 settings
for things to work properly.
For more information about serial port options, consult the section
entitled "~Serial Printer Options~2763".
If you are using the printer "log" feature, your printer's baud rate
must be at least as high as the modem's baud rate, otherwise the
printer will not be able to keep up with the modem.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Serial Port Options:  Data Bits ▒▒▒
The data bits option is a setting for                 ┌──────────┬─┐
serial ports that determines how much       Data bits │ 8        ││
data is sent to the printer for every                 ╞══════════╧═╡
single character transmitted.  There are              │ 7          │
two settings, 8 bits and 7 bits.  Nearly              │ 8          │
every serial printer requires a setting               └────────────┘
of 8 bits.  If printing does not operate
properly, consult your printer's manual to determine the correct data
bit settings.
In addition to the serial port's baud rate, you will also need to set
the ~data bits~2765, ~parity~2766 and ~stop bit~2767 settings for things to
work properly.
For more information about serial port options, consult the section
entitled "~Serial Printer Options~2763".
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Serial Port Options:  Parity ▒▒▒
The parity setting for serial printers is a           ┌──────────┬─┐
form of "error detection".  It is used to      Parity │ None     ││
help the printer determine if an error                ╞══════════╧═╡
occurred when data is transmitted to it.              │ None       │
There are three possible settings for the             │ Even       │
parity option:  None, even and odd.  The              │ Odd        │
vast majority of serial printers require the          └────────────┘
setting of "None".  A few printers utilize
the "Even" setting but this is only seen in older printers.  In the
very rare case, a setting of "odd" might be required.
Consult your printer's manual for more detailed information about
the required parity setting for your serial printer.
In addition to the serial port's baud rate, you will also need to set
the ~data bits~2765, ~parity~2766 and ~stop bit~2767 settings for things to
work properly.
For more information about serial port options, consult the section
entitled "~Serial Printer Options~2763".
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Serial Port Options:  Stop Bits ▒▒▒
Stop bits are used with serial printers               ┌──────────┬─┐
to tell the printer when a character        Stop bits │ 1        ││
transmitted to the printer is complete.               ╞══════════╧═╡
The possible settings for stop bits is 1              │ 1          │
and 2. Nearly every serial printer                    │ 2          │
available uses a stop bit of 1.  Consult              └────────────┘
your printer's manual to determine the
proper stop bit setting.
In addition to the serial port's baud rate, you will also need to set
the ~data bits~2765, ~parity~2766 and ~stop bit~2767 settings for things to
work properly.
For more information about serial port options, consult the section
entitled "~Serial Printer Options~2763".
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Advanced Options ▒▒▒

    ┌─┤Advanced Options├────────────────────────────────────────────┐
    │                ┌───────────┬─┐                   ┌────────┬─┐ │
    │      ~Dithering~2769 │ Dispersed ││        ~Resolution~2773 │ Medium ││ │
    │                ├───────────┼─┤                   ├────────┼─┤ │
    │ ~Brightness (%)~2771 │ 100       ││    ~Communications~2774 │ BIOS   ││ │
    │                ├───────────┼─┤                   └────────┴─┘ │
    │ ~Image Size (%)~2772 │ 100       ││                                │
    │                └───────────┴─┘                                │
    └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Advanced printer options are for "fine tuning" your printer and how
it operates.  Most of the advanced options are used for altering the
way that the printer displays graphics (i.e., print screen).  The
"Communications" option is an option used to control how the computer
communicates with the printer - typically this doesn't need to be
changed.
Among the options available for graphics control, are options to
control how color/gray-scale is rendered on the printer (Dithering),
how bright the image should be (Brightness), how large the image
should be on the printed page (Image Size), and the resolution that
the printer should be in when printing graphics (Resolution).  Each
of these topics are covered in-depth in their own sections of the
help system (click on one of the options above for more detailed
information).
In general, the advanced printer options are only necessary when you
want to custom tailor the printer's graphics output.  For simple
text printing (i.e., a printer log), you don't need to worry about
these settings.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Dithering ▒▒▒
                                                   ┌─────────────┬─┐
                                         Dithering │ Dispersed   ││
                                                   ╞═════════════╧═╡
                                                   │ Log-8         │
Dithering is a way of representing color on a      │ Log-12        │
device that has fewer colors than the image that's │ Linear-16     │
being displayed.  Color printers for example,      │ Linear-25     │
typically can only display about 8-16 distinctly   │ Dispersed     │
different solid colors.  To get any other shades   │ Dot Cluster   │
of colors, you have to use combinations of colors  └───────────────┘
in small patterns to "fool" the human eye into
seeing more colors than the printer can actually accomodate.  That's
what dithering is, different pattern schemes to represent colors.
An example of dithering is seen all the time in newspapers when they
print black and white photographs.  If you look very closely at the
image, you will notice that the different shades of gray in the photo
are generated with very tiny dots of black at different sizes.  Using
these dots, they achieve what appears to be a black and white photo
with varying shades of gray.
Black and white printers don't have any kind of colors other than black
and white, so to represent an arbitrary color, they have to use
combinations of patterns to achieve varying levels of "gray".

                 ~Descriptions of each dithering method~2770
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Dithering (continued) ▒▒▒
Each of the dithering methods supported by PRODNAME produce a
specific result and as such, are designed for different situations.
Each dithering method is described individually below:

  LOG-8 - This dithering pattern uses a pattern of eight different
  levels to achieve its result.  It makes dark colors brighter and
  leaves light colors relatively unmodified.  Use this when images
  are coming out "way too dark".

  LOG-12 - This is like the Log-8, except that 12 levels of patterns
  are used to achieve the results producing a wider range of shades.

  LINEAR-16 - This uses 16 different levels of patterns to get its
  effects.  It does not brighten dark colors like the Log style
  dithering methods do.  Use this when your printer displays color
  or gray scales "evenly", producing good results most of the time.

  LINEAR-25 - This is much like Linear-16 except that it uses 25
  levels of patterns, and produces a wider range of shades.

  DISPERSED - This produces a "finer grained" result than do the Log
  or Linear style dithering methods.  It is most useful for photographs
  and other graphics where a wide range of colors is used. Dispersed
  patterns typically need to have the Brightness level adjusted so that
  things don't come out too dark (because of the fine patterns used).

  DOT CLUSTER - The dot cluster method is similar to the dithering used
  by most Postscript printers.  It uses fine patterns of dots.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Brightness ▒▒▒

               ┌──────┬─┐   The brightness option is used to control
Brightness (%) │ 100  ││   how "bright" the printed image is to be.
               └──────┴─┘   This is useful when images are coming out
                            too dark and adjusting the various
dithering methods doesn't achieve the results you want.  Getting the
brightness "just right" varies from one type of printer to the next.
Experimentation is usually the best way of determining the optimal
brightness factor for your printer.
A brightness factor of 100% indicates that no brightness adjusting
should be performed.  This prints the image using the exact same
colors as you see on the screen - it's up to the printer and the
dithering system to make the image come out properly.  Some printers
like ink jet printers and black and white printers have a tendency
to make dark colors appear very dark (due to bleeding in the paper
and other such things).  In these cases, the brightness option is
exactly what you need.
Brightness settings below 100% effectively darken the image.  Values
above 100% brighten the image.  Typical brightness settings are
100%, 125%, 150%, 175% and 200% depending on the quality of output
on your printer.  Again, experimentation is usually the best way
of getting your brightness set correctly.
Altering the dithering method will often adjust the brightness factor
appropriately, as some dithering methods offer better results when
the brightness is adjusted.
It should be noted that when images are brightened, the dark colors
are brightened more than lighter colors.  This is due to the way
most printers work and the way that the human eye perceives
brightness.  Valid ranges for brightness are from 1 to 1000 percent.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Image Size ▒▒▒

               ┌──────┬─┐  The image size option controls how large
Image size (%) │ 100  ││  the final image will be on the printed
               └──────┴─┘  page.  By default, the image is set to be
                           full sized.  This means that the image
will be as wide as it can be to fit on the page fully.  The image is
kept so that the overall size of the image is the same dimensions as
the image on your monitor.
When set to full size (i.e., 100%), the printed image will extend to
the very right edge of the printed paper and as far down as necessary
to make the image appear the same dimensions as the computer monitor.
You may reduce the size of the image if you would like the image to
be smaller.  A value of 50% will make the image 1/2 the width of the
page.
Smaller images take less time to print.  For example, a image size of
50% will be 4 times faster than an image at 100%.  An image at 25%
will be 16 times faster than an image at 100%.  Another way to speed
up the printing process would be to switch to a lower ~resolution~2773 for
the printer (if your printer supports multiple resolutions).  Lower
resolution printed images take much less time than higher resolution
ones.
It should be noted that PRODNAME takes the "aspect ratios" of both
the screen and the printer into consideration when printing images.
This should make it so that the final printed image is proportionally
the same size as your computer's monitor.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Resolution ▒▒▒

                         The resolution option controls how "fine"
           ┌────────┬─┐  printed images are to be on the printer.
Resolution │ Medium ││  A low resolution will produce very course
           ╞════════╧═╡  looking printouts of your screen, whereas
           │ Low      │  a high resolution will produce extremely
           │ Medium   │  fine printouts.  Exactly which resolution
           │ High     │  you set your printer for should be based on
           └──────────┘  several factors:  Performance and quality.
To obtain fast printouts, you could use a low resolution printer mode,
however the quality of graphics printouts will be very low.  This
let's you get a quick idea of what the printout might look like.  A
high resolution printout will take the most time, but will provide the
highest quality possible.  Medium resolution is chosen by default for
most printers (e.g., dot matrix, ink jet, etc.), whereas high
resolution is chosen for printers that can produce truly excellent
results (e.g., Postscript printers or Laser type printers).
Serial printers should probably use medium or low resolution except
when truly necessary.  The reason for this is that serial printers are
generally much slower than parallel printers, and as such medium
resolution should provide adequate performance/quality except when
high quality is absolutely necessary.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Advanced Options:  Communications ▒▒▒

               ┌──────────┬─┐  The communications option controls how
Communications │ BIOS     ││  the computer communicates with the
               ╞══════════╧═╡  printer.  Communications with the
               │ Hardware   │  printer is crucial in getting reliable
               │ BIOS       │  printer operation.  Usually this option
               │ Network    │  never needs to be changed.  You might
               └────────────┘  need to change it if you have problems.

    BIOS - This default option provides the highest degree of compati-
           bility with your printer.  It uses the computer's internal
           printer services to send data to the printer and receive
           status reports on printer operations.  It makes sure that
           you don't send data to your printer too fast, senses if the
           paper has run out and many other possible situations.
HARDWARE - Allows PRODNAME to communicate directly with your printer
           hardware, bypassing the operating system and other such
           sub-systems that could cause problems.  This option works
           for printers that are connected directly to the printer.
           Like the BIOS mode, it obtains full status information from
           the printer and makes sure that data isn't sent too fast to
           the printer.  This option is intended only for the most
           reliable environments.

 NETWORK - This is intended for use with printers that are connected
           to a network that your computer is using.  It is not for
           printers attached directly to your computer.  This option
           provides very little printer control or status report
           ability, but lets you use a network printer when BIOS and
           Hardware modes don't work.  Use this option only as a last
           resort.  Most network printers fully support the BIOS mode
           and some even support the Hardware mode!
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Ok ▒▒▒
The OK option accepts the current printer settings and activates them
in your current PRODNAME environment.  The settings are not saved to
the permanent setup of the software.  The Printer Settings dialog is
closed once the printer settings are activated.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Cancel ▒▒▒
The CANCEL option abandons any modifications you have made to the
printer configuration and returns to normal software operation.  The
Printer Settings dialog is closed and any changes you made to the
printer's configuration will be completely ignored.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Save ▒▒▒
The SAVE option takes your changes to the printer's configuration and
saves them to the permanent PRODNAME setup configuration.  In
addition, the settings are activated for the remainder of the current
session of the software.  The Printer Settings dialog is closed and
you are returned to normal software operations.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Test ▒▒▒
The TEST option will perform a sample test printout.  The Printer
Settings dialog box is closed (temporarily) while the printer attempts
to print your normal PRODNAME screen currently active.  While the
printing is active, a progress window will appear showing you the
current status of the printing progress.  As soon as the printout is
complete (or if an error occurs), you will be returned to the Printer
Settings dialog.
▒▒▒ Printer Setup - Baud Rate ▒▒▒
The HELP option displays the location of the Lost City of Atlantis.
Previous Printer No Longer AvailableYou apparently just upgraded PRODNAME to a new version.In the previous version, the installed printer was:In this version though, a printer by that name no longerexists.  It has most likely been given a different namein the list of printer drivers.  You will need to selecta new printer for PRODNAME to print properly.  Yourold port and printer settings will remain unmodified.This should make re-configuring your printer relativelystraightforward - simply choose the new printer driverfor your printer and you should be done.~~O~~k~~H~~elpPrevious Printer No Longer Available
In the latest version of PRODNAME, the printer that you used to use
is no longer available.  This probably means that the printer device
name that you used to refer to has been renamed or merged with another
printer definition.
What you need to do is select a new printer driver to work with your
printer.  Your previously used printer port and advanced printer
settings will remain unmodified.  Simply select the new printer driver
for your printer and you should be done.
Printer configuration upgraded to new printer system.Choose "Save Setup" to make your new printer permanent.Choose "Save Setup" to Make Your New Printer Permanent
After upgrading your PRODNAME software, you have chosen to
re-configure your printer.  However, you chose not to save your new
printer's configuration to the setup file.  The new settings will
remain active for the duration of this session with the software.  To
make the changes permanent, you should choose the "Save Setup" option
from the Setup menu.  This will make it so that the next time you load
PRODNAME, the new printer configuration will be available.
You must re-configure your printer in order to print.You Must Re-configure Your Printer in Order to Print
In order for printer services to be available in your upgraded version
of PRODNAME, you will have to re-configure your printer by choosing
the "~Printer Settings~2182" option from the Setup menu.  Until then, printer
services will be unavailable.
An error occurred trying to send data to the printerAn Error Occurred Trying to Send Data to the Printer
Some kind of communications error occurred when attempting to send data
to the printer.  Usually this kind of error cannot be recovered from,
but in the event that your printer cable came loose or the printer has
been shut off or some such thing, we allow you to attempt to recover.
If you wish to abort further printer processing, choose the CANCEL
option.
Unable to initialize the printerUnable to Initialize the Printer
The printer could not be initialized for printing operation.  This
usually means that the printer isn't connected properly, or your
printer configuration isn't set properly.  Check your setup and
try again.
Cannot change printer settings when printer capture is on.Cannot Change Printer Settings When Printer Capture is On
When you are capturing text to the printer, you cannot change the
printer settings.  In order to change your printer settings, you
will need to turn off your printer capture mode.
The printer is in use by something else.  Cannot proceed.The Printer Is In Use by Something Else
Something else is currently using the printer (e.g., printer capture,
or Doorway (tm) mode).  You will either have to disable the feature
that is using the printer or wait a little while until the printer is
no longer in use.
Protecting a data variable allows you toprevent a host system from requestinginformation that you don't want to sendout normally.  If a variable is protected, anytime a hostsystem asks for it, you are prompted if the data should besent.  Turning protection off allows the data to be sentwithout authorization (i.e., it's sent to the host systemautomatically without prompting you for confirmation).Cannot shell - No command interpretter (COMMAND.COM) found!Cannot Shell - No Command Interpretter (COMMAND.COM) Found!
Shelling to DOS from within PRODNAME requires that the software be able
to find a valid copy of the MS-DOS command interpretter.  PRODNAME was
not able to find it.  This command interpretter is usually called
COMMAND.COM and is located via the COMSPEC environment variable (type SET
at the DOS prompt to see a list of environment variables).  Consult your
MS-DOS manual on how to set up a SHELL statement in your CONFIG.SYS file
to properly configure your command interpretter.
The CTS signal of your modem's serial port is inactive.This is typically because the modem is turned off, orthe serial cable between your computer and modem is notconnected properly.  Make sure that your modem is turnedon and that it is properly connected to your PC.When the CTS signal is inactive, RTS/CTS handshakingcannot be performed - which is vital for high speedmodems.  Correct the problem and restart PRODNAME.~~O~~K~~H~~elpCTS is Inactive, so RTS/CTS Handshaking is Disabled
The CTS signal of your modem's serial port is inactive.
This is typically because the modem is turned off, or the serial cable
between your computer and modem is not connected properly.  Make sure
that your modem is turned on and that it is properly connected to your
PC.
When the CTS signal is inactive, RTS/CTS handshaking cannot be
performed - which is vital for high speed modems.  Correct the problem
and restart PRODNAME.
If your PC is connected directly to another via a NULL-modem cable, make
sure that the cables are connected properly and that the other computer
is ready to make a connection.
Sort the Dialing Directory~~O~~K~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpSort By~~S~~ystem Name~~P~~hone number~~N~~otes~~L~~ast call date~~T~~otal callsSort Order~~A~~scending~~D~~escendingSort the Dialing Directory
When you dialing directory becomes rather large because you call a lot of
systems, it sometimes becomes necessary to organize your dialing
directory.  This is made easier by having the ability to sort your
dialing directory.  When you sort a directory, you organize your entries
based on some piece of information - the name of each system, their
phone numbers, etc.  The diagram below shows the dialing directory sort
dialog box, giving you five separate ways of sorting and also giving you
the ability to sort in ascending or descending order:

╔════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║           Sort the Dialing Directory           ║
╟────────────────────────────────────────────────╢
║                                                ║
║ ┌─~ Sort By ~2845───────────────┐ ┌─~ Sort Order ~2846───┐ ║
║ │ (■) ~System name~2847         │ │ (■) ~Ascending~2855  │ ║
║ │ ( ) ~System phone number~2848 │ │ ( ) ~Descending~2856 │ ║
║ │ ( ) ~Notes~2849               │ └────────────────┘ ║
║ │ ( ) ~Last call date~2850      │                    ║
║ │ ( ) ~Total calls~2851         │                    ║
║ └─────────────────────────┘                    ║
║                                                ║
║    ┌────────┐     ┌────────┐     ┌────────┐    ║
║    │   ~OK~2852   │     │ ~Cancel~2853 │     │  ~Help~2854  │    ║
║    └────────┘     └────────┘     └────────┘    ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Are you sure you want to sort your dialing directory?Are You Sure You Want to Sort Your Dialing Directory?
Choose YES if you truly want to sort the entries in your dialing
directory.  Choose NO to indicate that you've changed your mind.
Sorting your dialing directory will re-organize all of the entries inside
it for you, so be sure that you really want to sort it before you choose
YES.
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort By
The "Sort By" group of options controls what  ┌─ Sort By ───────────────┐
information in each directory entry is used   │ (■) ~System name~2847         │
for the sorting process.  For example, if     │ ( ) ~System phone number~2848 │
choose the "System Name" option, then all     │ ( ) ~Notes~2849               │
entries will be sorted into alphabetical      │ ( ) ~Last call date~2850      │
order.  The five options are described more   │ ( ) ~Total calls~2851         │
fully below:                                  └─────────────────────────┘

1.  ~System Name~2847 - Sort entries alphabetically by the name of each system.

2.  ~System Phone Number~2848 - Sort the entries alphabetically by their phone
    numbers.  Since RIPterm can have up to three phone numbers for each
    directory entry, it is possible for the second or third number to be
    used in the sorting process - but only if two entries in the directory
    have the exact same main telephone number.

3.  ~Notes~2849 - This sorts all entries based on the notes field of the
    directory entries.  All entries with notes are placed at the top of the
    list and any with no note entries are placed at the bottom of the
    directory.

4.  ~Last Call Date~2850 - This is the last date that a successful connection was
    made to a service.  Sorting this way lets you to find out what systems
    you haven't called in ages, or which ones you called most recently.

5.  ~Total Calls~2851 - This option sorts your directory based on the total
    number of completed calls to each service.  With this you can
    determine which systems are the most frequently called, and which ones
    you hardly ever call.
It should be noted that any directory entry which is not in use will
always be put at the very bottom of the dialing directory, regardless
of the way you try to sort your entries.
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort Order

                                                       ┌─ Sort Order ───┐
The Sort Order option lets you control whether your    │ (■) ~Ascending~2855  │
directory entries should be sorted "up" or "down".     │ ( ) ~Descending~2856 │
ascending order means that you are sorting "up", and   └────────────────┘
descending order means that you are sorting "down".
Examples of sorting order can be found in the following sections:

                     1.  ~System Name~2847
                     2.  ~System Phone Number~2848
                     3.  ~Notes~2849
                     4.  ~Last Call Date~2850
                     5.  ~Total Calls~2851
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort by Name
Sort entries alphabetically by the name of each system.

   SYSTEM NAME
   ───────────

               Ascending           Descending
               ══════════════════════════════════
               Name                Name
               ──────────────────────────────────
               ArenaBBS            TeleGrafix BBS
               Bob's BBS           CompuServe
               CompuServe          Bob's BBS
               TeleGrafix BBS      ArenaBBS
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort by Phone Number
Sort the entries alphabetically by their phone numbers.  Since RIPterm
can have up to three phone numbers for each directory entry, it is
possible for the second or third number to be used in the sorting
process - but only if two entries in the directory have the exact same
main telephone number.

   SYSTEM PHONE NUMBER
   ───────────────────

               Ascending           Descending
               ══════════════════════════════════
               Phone Number        Phone Number
               ──────────────────────────────────
               1-213-555-1212      1-805-999-5555
               1-714-999-8888      1-805-888-7777
               1-805-888-7777      1-714-999-8888
               1-805-999-5555      1-213-555-1212
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort by Notes
This sorts all entries based on the notes field of the directory
entries.  All entries with notes are placed at the top of the list and
any with no note entries are placed at the bottom of the directory.

   SYSTEM NOTES
   ────────────

         Ascending                   Descending
         ═════════════════════════════════════════════════════
         Name    Notes               Name    Notes
         ─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
         BBS 1 - My favorite         BBS 3 - Tech Support BBS
         BBS 2 - Nobody's favorite   BBS 2 - Nobody's favorite
         BBS 3 - Tech Support BBS    BBS 1 - My favorite
         BBS 4                       BBS 4
         BBS 5                       BBS 5
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort by Last Call Date
This is the last date that a successful connection was made to a
service.  Sorting this way lets you to find out what systems you
haven't called in ages, or which ones you called most recently.

   LAST CALL DATE
   ──────────────

       Ascending                      Descending
       ═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
       Name              Date         Name              Date
       ─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
       CompuServe        02/03/92     TeleGrafix BBS    05/17/95
       Bob's BBS         11/27/93     GEnie             06-22/94
       ArenaBBS          11/28/93     ArenaBBS          11/28/93
       GEnie             06-22/94     Bob's BBS         11/27/93
       TeleGrafix BBS    05/17/95     CompuServe        02/03/92
Sort Dialing Directory:  Sort by Total Calls
This option sorts your directory based on the total number of completed
calls to each service.  With this you can determine which systems are
the most frequently called, and which ones you hardly ever call.

   TOTAL CALLS TO DATE
   ───────────────────

       Ascending                      Descending
       ═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
       Name              Calls        Name              Calls
       ─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
       CompuServe        0            TeleGrafix BBS    92
       Bob's BBS         5            GEnie             23
       ArenaBBS          23           ArenaBBS          23
       GEnie             23           Bob's BBS         5
       TeleGrafix BBS    92           CompuServe        0
Sort Dialing Directory:  OK
Choosing the OK option will close the sorting dialog box and prompt you
if you are sure that you want to actually sort your dialing directory.
Choosing the yes option from this dialog will actually start the sorting
procedure.
Sort Dialing Directory:  CANCEL
The cancel option hides the sort dialog and aborts any sort operation.
Sort Dialing Directory:  HELP
Clicking the help option shows the solution to the Grand Unified Theory.
Sort Dialing Directory:  Ascending
Sorting in "ascending" order means that your are sorting your dialing
directory in increasing order.  For alphabetically sorted data, this
means that A comes before B, C before D and so on.  For numerical
sorts, 0 comes before 1, 2 before 3, etc.
It should be noted that alphabetical sorting is done without case
sensitivity.  In other words, james and JOSEPH would be in the correct
order, regardless of the case.
Sort Dialing Directory:  Descending
Sorting in "descending" order means that your are sorting your dialing
directory in decreasing order.  For alphabetically sorted data, this
means that B comes before A, D before C and so on.  For numerical
sorts, 1 comes before 0, 3 before 2, etc.
It should be noted that alphabetical sorting is done without case
sensitivity.  In other words, JOSEPH and james would be in the correct
order, regardless of the case.
You must have two directory entries highlighted to swapYou Must Have Two Directory Entries Highlighted to Swap
In order to perform a swap operation on your dialing directory, you have
to have two directory entries highlighted.  For more information on how
to mark an entry, see the section on ~Marking Directory Entries~2410.
propertyImport:  Blank or non-existant property header [#%hd]propertyImport:  Missing "Command-ID:  " in message #%hdpropertyImport:  Missing command name in message #%hdpropertyImport:  Missing "Elements:  " in message #%hdpropertyImport:  Illegal element count in message #%hdpropertyImport:  Insufficient memory to build command tablepropertyImport:  Missing command description in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Blank or missing property node [#%hd]propertyImportList:  Illegal "Element nn:  " in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal Element keyword in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Premature end of record in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing "Parm:  " keyword in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal parameter number in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing "Desc:  " keyword in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Description too long in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Premature end of message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Invalid description in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing default parameter in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal default value in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Unknown parameter in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal Minimum value in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal Maximum value in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal Increment value in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing "Total:  " keyword in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal Total value in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing "Item %02hd:  " keyword in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing "Item %02hd:  Val=" in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Illegal value in item %hd in message #%hdpropertyImportList:  Missing "Desc=" in item %hd in message #%hdLoading command tables[0;37;40m
Hit any key to continue: Reading printer device table.One moment please...Invalid Video Mode For Your Computer!The video mode that you selected is not correct for yourcomputer configuration.  You need to select another modefor this software to run correctly.  Right now, you arerunning in "Standard IBM EGA" mode, which seems to workon your machine.  Another common mode that work onnearly all machines is "Standard IBM VGA" - this mode isonly 16 colors though, like EGA mode is.  Many systemswork very well with the "VESA Super VGA" modes.  If youcan't find an entry for your video card, or you don'tknow what video card you have, try the VESA optionsfirst (some are 256 color) or the "Standard VGA" option.It should be noted that 16 color modes are slower than256 color modes, and VESA is usually very slow.~~O~~k~~C~~ancel~~H~~elpInvalid Video Mode For Your Computer

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
~~I~~con pathExtra Icon Search Pathes
The icon path option allows RIPterm to search additional directories for
various files (e.g., icons, sound, photos and RIPscrip scenes).  PRODNAME
always searches for files in the ICONS\ directory, so you never need to add 
this one.  Also, if you have a "host directory" setup in your dialing
directory entries, you don't need to add that one either.  This option is
useful when you have other directories that contain icons, sounds or other
files that PRODNAME can use.  You may specify more than one directory
if you wish, simply by separating them with semicolons (;).  Here are some
examples:

        ~C:\WINDOWS;D:\;ICONS\MY_ICONS~2912

                Files are first checked for in CAPNAME\ICONS, and
                also in CAPNAME\host-directory.  If a requested file
                cannot be found, then PRODNAME will search for files
                in the special locations C:\WINDOWS, on disk drive D:\,
                and if a file isn't found in either of those locations,
                then look for files in ICONS\MY_ICONS (underneath the
                CAPNAME directory - e.g., CAPNAME\ICONS\MY_ICONS

        ~D:\~2912

                Search for files on drive D:\ (hard disk, CD-ROM, etc)
This option is very useful if you use online services that provide a
CD-ROM for accessing system resources.  If you are using such a service,
enter the drive letter for the CD-ROM included with your system here (or
follow the manufacturer's instructions).
High Speed Modem WarningThe settings you have chosen may not provide reliable high-speedcommunications.  This is because your modem is connected to a portthat may not have a 16550 UART.  A 16550 chip is a "high-speed" serial port that provides very reliable communications at speedsabove 19,200.  Since your modem doesn't seem to have one of these,we recommend that you set your modem to a maximum baud rate of19,200.  Anything above this setting can cause your online sessionsto become garbled.  If you wish to use this software with your audioboard, then this issue becomes even more important.  If you set yourbaud rate above 19,200, you might see online graphics becomecorrupted or garbled, text that seems to be missing characters, andfailed file transfer attempts.  If this happens, reduce your baud to19,200 or install a serial port in your computer that has a 16550serial port (these are commonly available at a low price from mostmajor computer stores).  Choose "HELP" for more details.Are you absolutely sure that you want to use the settings thatyou've chosen?  Choosing "YES" may provide erratic behaviour.  Ifyou choose "NO", you'll be given the chance to change them.~~Y~~es~~N~~o~~H~~elpHigh Speed Modem Warning
In order for your high-speed modem to have reliable communications in
PRODNAME, you need to have it connected to a serial port that has what's
known as a 16550 UART.  A 16550 UART is a special version of the standard
UART "chip" that is used in serial ports.  Normal serial ports don't have
a 16550 UART chip, but many machines made today already have these chips
in them.  The important thing about a 16550 is that it is "buffered".
This means that it has the ability to store information longer than a
normal serial port can.  This becomes very important with high speed
modems which receive data very fast over the phone line.  If your computer
isn't fast enough, or your software is very "intensive" (e.g., graphical
software, protected mode, etc), then it is quite possible that the data
coming from the modem can't be processed quickly enough.  This is where
the buffering on a 16550 UART becomes critical.  Without buffering, some
data received from the modem could get lost, causing garbled text or
graphics, failed file transfers and many other bizarre things.  
If you have a high-speed modem, you basically have two options.  Set your
modem to a baud rate of 19,200 (PRODNAME should have no problems at 
this baud rate - speeds above this value though have erratic behaviour
without a 16550).  The other option is to purchase a serial port board
for your computer that has 16550 chips on it.  If you get one of these
boards, you can set your modem to speeds of 38,400, 57,600, or even
higher (this gives you much better performance while you're online).
Most serial port boards that have 16550 UART chips on them are relatively
inexpensive and can be purchased from nearly any major computer store.
Sales: SALESNUMEmail: rip.support@telegrafix.comIMPORTANT - READ THIS!IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT WHILE CAPNAME IS SEARCHING FORYOUR SOUND BOARD THAT YOU NOT MOVE THE MOUSE!Please remove your hand from the mouse and hit the <ENTER>key on your keyboard to proceed with auto-sensing.  Whenthe detection sequence is complete, it will once again besafe to use your mouse.  It should not take more than about5-10 seconds at the most to detect your audio board.Please let go of the mouse and hit <ENTER> now...~~C~~ontinueS~~h~~ow mouse fieldsCtrl-Shift-UShow Mouse Fields
This option will highlight all currently defined mouse fields on the
screen, and will display a dialog with the total number of curerntly
defined fields.  This option is intended for debugging RIPscrip scenes.
Use 16~~5~~50 UARTs16550 Error: %sSave Entire Screen or a Portion of it?Save Entire Screen or a Portion of it?

        *** ADD HELP HERE ***
